+
+ All
+STM32 devices definitions are commented by default. User has to select the
+appropriate device before starting else an error will be signaled on compile
+time.
+
Add new IRQs definitons inside the IRQn_Type enumeration for STM23 High-density Value line devices.
+
"bool" type removed.
+
+
STM32F10x CMSIS Cortex-M3 Device Peripheral Access Layer System Files:system_stm32f10x.h and system_stm32f10x.c
+
+
+
"system_stm32f10x.c" moved to to "STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Template" directory. This file is also moved to each example directory under "STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Examples".
+
+
SystemInit_ExtMemCtl() function: update to support High-density Value line devices.
+
Add "VECT_TAB_SRAM" inside "system_stm32f10x.c"
+to select if the user want to place the Vector Table in internal SRAM.
+An additional define is also to specify the Vector Table offset "VECT_TAB_OFFSET".
+
Update
+the stm32f10x.h file to support new Value line devices features: CEC
+peripheral, new General purpose timers TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17.
+
Peripherals Bits definitions updated to be in line with Value line devices available features.
+
+
HSE_Value,
+HSI_Value and HSEStartup_TimeOut changed to upper case: HSE_VALUE,
+HSI_VALUE and HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT. Old names are kept for legacy
+purposes.
+
+
+
STM32F10x CMSIS Cortex-M3 Device Peripheral Access Layer System Files:system_stm32f10x.h and system_stm32f10x.c
+
+
+
SystemFrequency variable name changed to SystemCoreClock
+
+
Default
+ SystemCoreClock is changed to 24MHz when Value line devices are selected and to 72MHz on other devices.
+
+
All while(1) loop were removed from all clock setting functions. User has to handle the HSE startup failure.
+
+
Additional function void SystemCoreClockUpdate (void) is provided.
+
Add new
+startup files for STM32 Low-density Value line devices:
+ startup_stm32f10x_ld_vl.s
+
Add new startup
+files for STM32 Medium-density Value line devices:
+ startup_stm32f10x_md_vl.s
+
SystemInit() function is called from startup file (startup_stm32f10x_xx.s) before to branch to application main.
+To reconfigure the default setting of SystemInit() function, refer to system_stm32f10x.c file
+
+
GNU startup file for Low density devices (startup_stm32f10x_ld.s) is updated to fix compilation errors.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
License
+
The
+enclosed firmware and all the related documentation are not covered by
+a License Agreement, if you need such License you can contact your
+local STMicroelectronics office.
+
THE
+PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO
+SAVE TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR
+ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY
+CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY
+CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH
+THEIR PRODUCTS.
+
+
+
+
For
+complete documentation on STM32(CORTEX M3) 32-Bit Microcontrollers
+visit www.st.com/STM32
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Boot/lib/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F10x/stm32f10x.h b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Boot/lib/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F10x/stm32f10x.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..af0c7c9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Boot/lib/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F10x/stm32f10x.h
@@ -0,0 +1,8336 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f10x.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V3.5.0
+ * @date 11-March-2011
+ * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Device Peripheral Access Layer Header File.
+ * This file contains all the peripheral register's definitions, bits
+ * definitions and memory mapping for STM32F10x Connectivity line,
+ * High density, High density value line, Medium density,
+ * Medium density Value line, Low density, Low density Value line
+ * and XL-density devices.
+ *
+ * The file is the unique include file that the application programmer
+ * is using in the C source code, usually in main.c. This file contains:
+ * - Configuration section that allows to select:
+ * - The device used in the target application
+ * - To use or not the peripheral’s drivers in application code(i.e.
+ * code will be based on direct access to peripheral’s registers
+ * rather than drivers API), this option is controlled by
+ * "#define USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER"
+ * - To change few application-specific parameters such as the HSE
+ * crystal frequency
+ * - Data structures and the address mapping for all peripherals
+ * - Peripheral's registers declarations and bits definition
+ * - Macros to access peripheral’s registers hardware
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+ * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+ * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+ * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+ * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+ *
+ *
+ The Cortex-M3 incorporates the Instrumented Trace Macrocell (ITM) that provides together with
+ the Serial Viewer Output trace capabilities for the microcontroller system. The ITM has
+ 32 communication channels which are able to transmit 32 / 16 / 8 bit values; two ITM
+ communication channels are used by CMSIS to output the following information:
+
+
+
ITM Channel 0: used for printf-style output via the debug interface.
+
ITM Channel 31: is reserved for RTOS kernel awareness debugging.
+
+
+
Debug IN / OUT functions
+
CMSIS provides following debug functions:
+
+
ITM_SendChar (uses ITM channel 0)
+
ITM_ReceiveChar (uses global variable)
+
ITM_CheckChar (uses global variable)
+
+
+
ITM_SendChar
+
+ ITM_SendChar is used to transmit a character over ITM channel 0 from
+ the microcontroller system to the debug system.
+ Only a 8 bit value is transmitted.
+
+ ITM communication channel is only capable for OUT direction. For IN direction
+ a globel variable is used. A simple mechansim detects if a character is received.
+ The project to test need to be build with debug information.
+
+
+
+ The globale variable ITM_RxBuffer is used to transmit a 8 bit value from debug system
+ to microcontroller system. ITM_RxBuffer is 32 bit wide to enshure a proper handshake.
+
+
+extern volatile int ITM_RxBuffer; /* variable to receive characters */
+
+
+ A dedicated bit pattern is used to determin if ITM_RxBuffer is empty
+ or contains a valid value.
+
+
+#define ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY 0x5AA55AA5 /* value identifying ITM_RxBuffer is ready for next character */
+
+
+ ITM_ReceiveChar is used to receive a 8 bit value from the debug system. The function is nonblocking.
+ It returns the received character or '-1' if no character was available.
+
+
+static __INLINE int ITM_ReceiveChar (void) {
+ int ch = -1; /* no character available */
+
+ if (ITM_RxBuffer != ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY) {
+ ch = ITM_RxBuffer;
+ ITM_RxBuffer = ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY; /* ready for next character */
+ }
+
+ return (ch);
+}
+
+
+
ITM_CheckChar
+
+ ITM_CheckChar is used to check if a character is received.
+
+
+static __INLINE int ITM_CheckChar (void) {
+
+ if (ITM_RxBuffer == ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY) {
+ return (0); /* no character available */
+ } else {
+ return (1); /* character available */
+ }
+}
+
+
+
ITM Debug Support in uVision
+
+ uVision uses in a debug session the Debug (printf) Viewer window to
+ display the debug data.
+
+
Direction microcontroller system -> uVision:
+
+
+ Characters received via ITM communication channel 0 are written in a printf style
+ to Debug (printf) Viewer window.
+
+
+
+
Direction uVision -> microcontroller system:
+
+
Check if ITM_RxBuffer variable is available (only performed once).
+
Read character from Debug (printf) Viewer window.
+
If ITM_RxBuffer empty write character to ITM_RxBuffer.
+
+
+
Note
+
+
Current solution does not use a buffer machanism for trasmitting the characters.
+
+
+
+
RTX Kernel awareness in uVision
+
+ uVision / RTX are using a simple and efficient solution for RTX Kernel awareness.
+ No format overhead is necessary.
+ uVsion debugger decodes the RTX events via the 32 / 16 / 8 bit ITM write access
+ to ITM communication channel 31.
+
+
+
Following RTX events are traced:
+
+
Task Create / Delete event
+
+
32 bit access. Task start address is transmitted
+
16 bit access. Task ID and Create/Delete flag are transmitted
+ High byte holds Create/Delete flag, Low byte holds TASK ID.
+
+
+
+
Task switch event
+
+
8 bit access. Task ID of current task is transmitted
+
+
+
+
+
Note
+
+
Other RTOS information could be retrieved via memory read access in a polling mode manner.
+
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Boot/lib/CMSIS/CMSIS_changes.htm b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Boot/lib/CMSIS/CMSIS_changes.htm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..162ffcc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Boot/lib/CMSIS/CMSIS_changes.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+
+
+
+CMSIS Changes
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Changes to CMSIS version V1.20
+
+
+
+
1. Removed CMSIS Middelware packages
+
+ CMSIS Middleware is on hold from ARM side until a agreement between all CMSIS partners is found.
+
+
+
2. SystemFrequency renamed to SystemCoreClock
+
+ The variable name SystemCoreClock is more precise than SystemFrequency
+ because the variable holds the clock value at which the core is running.
+
+
+
3. Changed startup concept
+
+ The old startup concept (calling SystemInit_ExtMemCtl from startup file and calling SystemInit
+ from main) has the weakness that it does not work for controllers which need a already
+ configuerd clock system to configure the external memory controller.
+
+
+
Changed startup concept
+
+
+ SystemInit() is called from startup file before premain.
+
+
+ SystemInit() configures the clock system and also configures
+ an existing external memory controller.
+
+
+ SystemInit() must not use global variables.
+
+
+ SystemCoreClock is initialized with a correct predefined value.
+
+
+ Additional function void SystemCoreClockUpdate (void) is provided.
+ SystemCoreClockUpdate() updates the variable SystemCoreClock
+ and must be called whenever the core clock is changed.
+ SystemCoreClockUpdate() evaluates the clock register settings and calculates
+ the current core clock.
+
+
+
+
+
4. Advanced Debug Functions
+
+ ITM communication channel is only capable for OUT direction. To allow also communication for
+ IN direction a simple concept is provided.
+
+
+
+ Global variable volatile int ITM_RxBuffer used for IN data.
+
+
+ Function int ITM_CheckChar (void) checks if a new character is available.
+
+
+ Function int ITM_ReceiveChar (void) retrieves the new character.
+
+
+
+
+ For detailed explanation see file CMSIS debug support.htm.
+
+
+
+
5. Core Register Bit Definitions
+
+ Files core_cm3.h and core_cm0.h contain now bit definitions for Core Registers. The name for the
+ defines correspond with the Cortex-M Technical Reference Manual.
+
+ The Cortex Microcontroller Software Interface Standard (CMSIS) answers the challenges
+ that are faced when software components are deployed to physical microcontroller devices based on a
+ Cortex-M0 or Cortex-M3 processor. The CMSIS will be also expanded to future Cortex-M
+ processor cores (the term Cortex-M is used to indicate that). The CMSIS is defined in close co-operation
+ with various silicon and software vendors and provides a common approach to interface to peripherals,
+ real-time operating systems, and middleware components.
+
+
+
ARM provides as part of the CMSIS the following software layers that are
+available for various compiler implementations:
+
+
Core Peripheral Access Layer: contains name definitions,
+ address definitions and helper functions to
+ access core registers and peripherals. It defines also a device
+ independent interface for RTOS Kernels that includes debug channel
+ definitions.
+
+
+
These software layers are expanded by Silicon partners with:
+
+
Device Peripheral Access Layer: provides definitions
+ for all device peripherals
+
Access Functions for Peripherals (optional): provides
+ additional helper functions for peripherals
+
+
+
CMSIS defines for a Cortex-M Microcontroller System:
+
+
A common way to access peripheral registers
+ and a common way to define exception vectors.
+
The register names of the Core
+ Peripherals andthe names of the Core
+ Exception Vectors.
+
An device independent interface for RTOS Kernels including a debug
+ channel.
+
+
+
+ By using CMSIS compliant software components, the user can easier re-use template code.
+ CMSIS is intended to enable the combination of software components from multiple middleware vendors.
+
+
+
Coding Rules and Conventions
+
+
+ The following section describes the coding rules and conventions used in the CMSIS
+ implementation. It contains also information about data types and version number information.
+
+
+
Essentials
+
+
The CMSIS C code conforms to MISRA 2004 rules. In case of MISRA violations,
+ there are disable and enable sequences for PC-LINT inserted.
+
ANSI standard data types defined in the ANSI C header file
+ <stdint.h> are used.
+
#define constants that include expressions must be enclosed by
+ parenthesis.
+
Variables and parameters have a complete data type.
+
All functions in the Core Peripheral Access Layer are
+ re-entrant.
+
The Core Peripheral Access Layer has no blocking code
+ (which means that wait/query loops are done at other software layers).
+
For each exception/interrupt there is definition for:
+
+
an exception/interrupt handler with the postfix _Handler
+ (for exceptions) or _IRQHandler (for interrupts).
+
a default exception/interrupt handler (weak definition) that contains an endless loop.
+
a #define of the interrupt number with the postfix _IRQn.
+
+
+
+
Recommendations
+
+
The CMSIS recommends the following conventions for identifiers.
+
+
CAPITAL names to identify Core Registers, Peripheral Registers, and CPU Instructions.
+
CamelCase names to identify peripherals access functions and interrupts.
+
PERIPHERAL_ prefix to identify functions that belong to specify peripherals.
+
Doxygen comments for all functions are included as described under Function Comments below.
+
+
+Comments
+
+
+
Comments use the ANSI C90 style (/* comment */) or C++ style
+ (// comment). It is assumed that the programming tools support today
+ consistently the C++ comment style.
+
Function Comments provide for each function the following information:
+
+
one-line brief function overview.
+
detailed parameter explanation.
+
detailed information about return values.
+
detailed description of the actual function.
+
+
Doxygen Example:
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable Interrupt in NVIC Interrupt Controller
+ * @param IRQn interrupt number that specifies the interrupt
+ * @return none.
+ * Enable the specified interrupt in the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
+ * Other settings of the interrupt such as priority are not affected.
+ */
+
+
+
+
Data Types and IO Type Qualifiers
+
+
+ The Cortex-M HAL uses the standard types from the standard ANSI C header file
+ <stdint.h>. IO Type Qualifiers are used to specify the access
+ to peripheral variables. IO Type Qualifiers are indented to be used for automatic generation of
+ debug information of peripheral registers.
+
+
+
+
+
+
IO Type Qualifier
+
#define
+
Description
+
+
+
__I
+
volatile const
+
Read access only
+
+
+
__O
+
volatile
+
Write access only
+
+
+
__IO
+
volatile
+
Read and write access
+
+
+
+
+
CMSIS Version Number
+
+ File core_cm3.h contains the version number of the CMSIS with the following define:
+
+
+
+#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /* [31:16] main version */
+#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB (0x30) /* [15:0] sub version */
+#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION ((__CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN << 16) | __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB)
+
+
+ File core_cm0.h contains the version number of the CMSIS with the following define:
+
+
+
+#define __CM0_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /* [31:16] main version */
+#define __CM0_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB (0x30) /* [15:0] sub version */
+#define __CM0_CMSIS_VERSION ((__CM0_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN << 16) | __CM0_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB)
+
+
+
CMSIS Cortex Core
+
+ File core_cm3.h contains the type of the CMSIS Cortex-M with the following define:
+
+
+
+#define __CORTEX_M (0x03)
+
+
+ File core_cm0.h contains the type of the CMSIS Cortex-M with the following define:
+
+
+
+#define __CORTEX_M (0x00)
+
+
+
CMSIS Files
+
+ This section describes the Files provided in context with the CMSIS to access the Cortex-M
+ hardware and peripherals.
+
+
+
+
+
+
File
+
Provider
+
Description
+
+
+
device.h
+
Device specific (provided by silicon partner)
+
Defines the peripherals for the actual device. The file may use
+ several other include files to define the peripherals of the actual device.
+
+
+
core_cm0.h
+
ARM (for RealView ARMCC, IAR, and GNU GCC)
+
Defines the core peripherals for the Cortex-M0 CPU and core peripherals.
+
+
+
core_cm3.h
+
ARM (for RealView ARMCC, IAR, and GNU GCC)
+
Defines the core peripherals for the Cortex-M3 CPU and core peripherals.
+
+
+
core_cm0.c
+
ARM (for RealView ARMCC, IAR, and GNU GCC)
+
Provides helper functions that access core registers.
+
+
+
core_cm3.c
+
ARM (for RealView ARMCC, IAR, and GNU GCC)
+
Provides helper functions that access core registers.
+
+
+
startup_device
+
ARM (adapted by compiler partner / silicon partner)
+
Provides the Cortex-M startup code and the complete (device specific) Interrupt Vector Table
+
+
+
system_device
+
ARM (adapted by silicon partner)
+
Provides a device specific configuration file for the device. It configures the device initializes
+ typically the oscillator (PLL) that is part of the microcontroller device
+
+
+
+
+
device.h
+
+
+ The file device.h is provided by the silicon vendor and is the
+ central include file that the application programmer is using in
+ the C source code. This file contains:
+
+
+
+
Interrupt Number Definition: provides interrupt numbers
+ (IRQn) for all core and device specific exceptions and interrupts.
+
+
+
Configuration for core_cm0.h / core_cm3.h: reflects the
+ actual configuration of the Cortex-M processor that is part of the actual
+ device. As such the file core_cm0.h / core_cm3.h is included that
+ implements access to processor registers and core peripherals.
+
+
+
Device Peripheral Access Layer: provides definitions
+ for all device peripherals. It contains all data structures and the address
+ mapping for the device specific peripherals.
+
+
Access Functions for Peripherals (optional): provides
+ additional helper functions for peripherals that are useful for programming
+ of these peripherals. Access Functions may be provided as inline functions
+ or can be extern references to a device specific library provided by the
+ silicon vendor.
+
+
+
+
Interrupt Number Definition
+
+
To access the device specific interrupts the device.h file defines IRQn
+numbers for the complete device using a enum typedef as shown below:
+ The Cortex-M core configuration options which are defined for each device implementation. Some
+ configuration options are reflected in the CMSIS layer using the #define settings described below.
+
+
+ To access core peripherals file device.h includes file core_cm0.h / core_cm3.h.
+ Several features in core_cm0.h / core_cm3.h are configured by the following defines that must be
+ defined before #include <core_cm0.h> / #include <core_cm3.h>
+ preprocessor command.
+
+
+
+
+
+
#define
+
File
+
Value
+
Description
+
+
+
__NVIC_PRIO_BITS
+
core_cm0.h
+
(2)
+
Number of priority bits implemented in the NVIC (device specific)
+
+
+
__NVIC_PRIO_BITS
+
core_cm3.h
+
(2 ... 8)
+
Number of priority bits implemented in the NVIC (device specific)
+
+
+
__MPU_PRESENT
+
core_cm0.h, core_cm3.h
+
(0, 1)
+
Defines if an MPU is present or not
+
+
+
__Vendor_SysTickConfig
+
core_cm0.h, core_cm3.h
+
(1)
+
When this define is setup to 1, the SysTickConfig function
+ in core_cm3.h is excluded. In this case the device.h
+ file must contain a vendor specific implementation of this function.
+
+
+
+
+
+
Device Peripheral Access Layer
+
+ Each peripheral uses a prefix which consists of <device abbreviation>_
+ and <peripheral name>_ to identify peripheral registers that access this
+ specific peripheral. The intention of this is to avoid name collisions caused
+ due to short names. If more than one peripheral of the same type exists,
+ identifiers have a postfix (digit or letter). For example:
+
+
+
<device abbreviation>_UART_Type: defines the generic register layout for all UART channels in a device.
+
<device abbreviation>_UART1: is a pointer to a register structure that refers to a specific UART.
+ For example UART1->DR is the data register of UART1.
+
+ To access the peripheral registers and related function in a device the files device.h
+ and core_cm0.h / core_cm3.h defines as a minimum:
+
+
+
The Register Layout Typedef for each peripheral that defines all register names.
+ Names that start with RESERVE are used to introduce space into the structure to adjust the addresses of
+ the peripheral registers. For example:
+
+typedef struct {
+ __IO uint32_t CTRL; /* SysTick Control and Status Register */
+ __IO uint32_t LOAD; /* SysTick Reload Value Register */
+ __IO uint32_t VAL; /* SysTick Current Value Register */
+ __I uint32_t CALIB; /* SysTick Calibration Register */
+ } SysTick_Type;
+
+
+
+ Base Address for each peripheral (in case of multiple peripherals
+ that use the same register layout typedef multiple base addresses are defined). For example:
+
+#define SysTick_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0010) /* SysTick Base Address */
+
+
+
+ Access Definition for each peripheral (in case of multiple peripherals that use
+ the same register layout typedef multiple access definitions exist, i.e. LPC_UART0,
+ LPC_UART2). For Example:
+
+ These definitions allow to access the peripheral registers from user code with simple assignments like:
+
+
SysTick->CTRL = 0;
+
+
Optional Features
+
In addition the device.h file may define:
+
+
+ #define constants that simplify access to the peripheral registers.
+ These constant define bit-positions or other specific patterns are that required for the
+ programming of the peripheral registers. The identifiers used start with
+ <device abbreviation>_ and <peripheral name>_.
+ It is recommended to use CAPITAL letters for such #define constants.
+
+
+ Functions that perform more complex functions with the peripheral (i.e. status query before
+ a sending register is accessed). Again these function start with
+ <device abbreviation>_ and <peripheral name>_.
+
+
+
+
core_cm0.h and core_cm0.c
+
+ File core_cm0.h describes the data structures for the Cortex-M0 core peripherals and does
+ the address mapping of this structures. It also provides basic access to the Cortex-M0 core registers
+ and core peripherals with efficient functions (defined as static inline).
+
+
+ File core_cm0.c defines several helper functions that access processor registers.
+
+ File core_cm3.h describes the data structures for the Cortex-M3 core peripherals and does
+ the address mapping of this structures. It also provides basic access to the Cortex-M3 core registers
+ and core peripherals with efficient functions (defined as static inline).
+
+
+ File core_cm3.c defines several helper functions that access processor registers.
+
+ A template file for startup_device is provided by ARM for each supported
+ compiler. It is adapted by the silicon vendor to include interrupt vectors for all device specific
+ interrupt handlers. Each interrupt handler is defined as weak function
+ to an dummy handler. Therefore the interrupt handler can be directly used in application software
+ without any requirements to adapt the startup_device file.
+
+
+ The following exception names are fixed and define the start of the vector table for a Cortex-M0:
+
+ The user application may simply define an interrupt handler function by using the handler name
+ as shown below.
+
+
+void WWDG_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ :
+ :
+}
+
+
+
system_device.c
+
+ A template file for system_device.c is provided by ARM but adapted by
+ the silicon vendor to match their actual device. As a minimum requirement
+ this file must provide a device specific system configuration function and a global variable
+ that contains the system frequency. It configures the device and initializes typically the
+ oscillator (PLL) that is part of the microcontroller device.
+
+
+ The file system_device.c must provide
+ as a minimum requirement the SystemInit function as shown below.
+
+
+
+
+
+
Function Definition
+
Description
+
+
+
void SystemInit (void)
+
Setup the microcontroller system. Typically this function configures the
+ oscillator (PLL) that is part of the microcontroller device. For systems
+ with variable clock speed it also updates the variable SystemCoreClock.
+ SystemInit is called from startup_device file.
+
+
+
void SystemCoreClockUpdate (void)
+
Updates the variable SystemCoreClock and must be called whenever the
+ core clock is changed during program execution. SystemCoreClockUpdate()
+ evaluates the clock register settings and calculates the current core clock.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Also part of the file system_device.c
+ is the variable SystemCoreClock which contains the current CPU clock speed shown below.
+
+
+
+
+
+
Variable Definition
+
Description
+
+
+
uint32_t SystemCoreClock
+
Contains the system core clock (which is the system clock frequency supplied
+ to the SysTick timer and the processor core clock). This variable can be
+ used by the user application to setup the SysTick timer or configure other
+ parameters. It may also be used by debugger to query the frequency of the
+ debug timer or configure the trace clock speed.
+ SystemCoreClock is initialized with a correct predefined value.
+ The compiler must be configured to avoid the removal of this variable in
+ case that the application program is not using it. It is important for
+ debug systems that the variable is physically present in memory so that
+ it can be examined to configure the debugger.
+
+
+
+
+
Note
+
+
The above definitions are the minimum requirements for the file
+ system_device.c. This
+ file may export more functions or variables that provide a more flexible
+ configuration of the microcontroller system.
+
+
+
+
+
Core Peripheral Access Layer
+
+
Cortex-M Core Register Access
+
+ The following functions are defined in core_cm0.h / core_cm3.h
+ and provide access to Cortex-M core registers.
+
+
+
+
+
+
Function Definition
+
Core
+
Core Register
+
Description
+
+
+
void __enable_irq (void)
+
M0, M3
+
PRIMASK = 0
+
Global Interrupt enable (using the instruction CPSIE
+ i)
+
+
+
void __disable_irq (void)
+
M0, M3
+
PRIMASK = 1
+
Global Interrupt disable (using the instruction
+ CPSID i)
+
+
+
void __set_PRIMASK (uint32_t value)
+
M0, M3
+
PRIMASK = value
+
Assign value to Priority Mask Register (using the instruction
+ MSR)
+
+
+
uint32_t __get_PRIMASK (void)
+
M0, M3
+
return PRIMASK
+
Return Priority Mask Register (using the instruction
+ MRS)
+
+
+
void __enable_fault_irq (void)
+
M3
+
FAULTMASK = 0
+
Global Fault exception and Interrupt enable (using the
+ instruction CPSIE
+ f)
+
+
+
void __disable_fault_irq (void)
+
M3
+
FAULTMASK = 1
+
Global Fault exception and Interrupt disable (using the
+ instruction CPSID f)
+
+
+
void __set_FAULTMASK (uint32_t value)
+
M3
+
FAULTMASK = value
+
Assign value to Fault Mask Register (using the instruction
+ MSR)
+
+
+
uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK (void)
+
M3
+
return FAULTMASK
+
Return Fault Mask Register (using the instruction MRS)
+
+
+
void __set_BASEPRI (uint32_t value)
+
M3
+
BASEPRI = value
+
Set Base Priority (using the instruction MSR)
+
+
+
uiuint32_t __get_BASEPRI (void)
+
M3
+
return BASEPRI
+
Return Base Priority (using the instruction MRS)
+
+
+
void __set_CONTROL (uint32_t value)
+
M0, M3
+
CONTROL = value
+
Set CONTROL register value (using the instruction MSR)
+
+
+
uint32_t __get_CONTROL (void)
+
M0, M3
+
return CONTROL
+
Return Control Register Value (using the instruction
+ MRS)
+
+
+
void __set_PSP (uint32_t TopOfProcStack)
+
M0, M3
+
PSP = TopOfProcStack
+
Set Process Stack Pointer value (using the instruction
+ MSR)
+
+
+
uint32_t __get_PSP (void)
+
M0, M3
+
return PSP
+
Return Process Stack Pointer (using the instruction MRS)
+
+
+
void __set_MSP (uint32_t TopOfMainStack)
+
M0, M3
+
MSP = TopOfMainStack
+
Set Main Stack Pointer (using the instruction MSR)
+
+
+
uint32_t __get_MSP (void)
+
M0, M3
+
return MSP
+
Return Main Stack Pointer (using the instruction MRS)
+
+
+
+
+
Cortex-M Instruction Access
+
+ The following functions are defined in core_cm0.h / core_cm3.hand
+ generate specific Cortex-M instructions. The functions are implemented in the file
+ core_cm0.c / core_cm3.c.
+
+
+
+
+
+
Name
+
Core
+
Generated CPU Instruction
+
Description
+
+
+
void __NOP (void)
+
M0, M3
+
NOP
+
No Operation
+
+
+
void __WFI (void)
+
M0, M3
+
WFI
+
Wait for Interrupt
+
+
+
void __WFE (void)
+
M0, M3
+
WFE
+
Wait for Event
+
+
+
void __SEV (void)
+
M0, M3
+
SEV
+
Set Event
+
+
+
void __ISB (void)
+
M0, M3
+
ISB
+
Instruction Synchronization Barrier
+
+
+
void __DSB (void)
+
M0, M3
+
DSB
+
Data Synchronization Barrier
+
+
+
void __DMB (void)
+
M0, M3
+
DMB
+
Data Memory Barrier
+
+
+
uint32_t __REV (uint32_t value)
+
M0, M3
+
REV
+
Reverse byte order in integer value.
+
+
+
uint32_t __REV16 (uint16_t value)
+
M0, M3
+
REV16
+
Reverse byte order in unsigned short value.
+
+
+
sint32_t __REVSH (sint16_t value)
+
M0, M3
+
REVSH
+
Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer.
Remove the exclusive lock created by __LDREXB, __LDREXH, or __LDREXW
+
+
+
+
+
+
NVIC Access Functions
+
+ The CMSIS provides access to the NVIC via the register interface structure and several helper
+ functions that simplify the setup of the NVIC. The CMSIS HAL uses IRQ numbers (IRQn) to
+ identify the interrupts. The first device interrupt has the IRQn value 0. Therefore negative
+ IRQn values are used for processor core exceptions.
+
+
+ For the IRQn values of core exceptions the file device.h provides
+ the following enum names.
+
+
+
+
+
+
Core Exception enum Value
+
Core
+
IRQn
+
Description
+
+
+
NonMaskableInt_IRQn
+
M0, M3
+
-14
+
Cortex-M Non Maskable Interrupt
+
+
+
HardFault_IRQn
+
M0, M3
+
-13
+
Cortex-M Hard Fault Interrupt
+
+
+
MemoryManagement_IRQn
+
M3
+
-12
+
Cortex-M Memory Management Interrupt
+
+
+
BusFault_IRQn
+
M3
+
-11
+
Cortex-M Bus Fault Interrupt
+
+
+
UsageFault_IRQn
+
M3
+
-10
+
Cortex-M Usage Fault Interrupt
+
+
+
SVCall_IRQn
+
M0, M3
+
-5
+
Cortex-M SV Call Interrupt
+
+
+
DebugMonitor_IRQn
+
M3
+
-4
+
Cortex-M Debug Monitor Interrupt
+
+
+
PendSV_IRQn
+
M0, M3
+
-2
+
Cortex-M Pend SV Interrupt
+
+
+
SysTick_IRQn
+
M0, M3
+
-1
+
Cortex-M System Tick Interrupt
+
+
+
+
+
The following functions simplify the setup of the NVIC.
+The functions are defined as static inline.
IRQ Number, Priority, pointer to Priority Group, pointer to Preemptive Priority, pointer to Sub Priority
+
Deccode given priority to group, preemptive and sub priority
+
+
+
void NVIC_SystemReset (void)
+
M0, M3
+
(void)
+
Resets the System
+
+
+
+
Note
+
+
The processor exceptions have negative enum values. Device specific interrupts
+ have positive enum values and start with 0. The values are defined in
+ device.h file.
+
+
+
The values for PreemptPriority and SubPriority
+ used in functions NVIC_EncodePriority and NVIC_DecodePriority
+ depend on the available __NVIC_PRIO_BITS implemented in the NVIC.
+
+
+
+
+
+
SysTick Configuration Function
+
+
The following function is used to configure the SysTick timer and start the
+SysTick interrupt.
+
+
+
+
+
Name
+
Parameter
+
Description
+
+
+
uint32_t SysTickConfig
+ (uint32_t ticks)
+
ticks is SysTick counter reload value
+
Setup the SysTick timer and enable the SysTick interrupt. After this
+ call the SysTick timer creates interrupts with the specified time
+ interval.
+
+ Return: 0 when successful, 1 on failure.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Cortex-M3 ITM Debug Access
+
+
The Cortex-M3 incorporates the Instrumented Trace Macrocell (ITM) that
+provides together with the Serial Viewer Output trace capabilities for the
+microcontroller system. The ITM has 32 communication channels; two ITM
+communication channels are used by CMSIS to output the following information:
+
+
ITM Channel 0: implements the ITM_SendChar function
+ which can be used for printf-style output via the debug interface.
+
ITM Channel 31: is reserved for the RTOS kernel and can be used for
+ kernel awareness debugging.
+
+
Note
+
+
The ITM channel 31 is selected for the RTOS kernel since some kernels
+ may use the Privileged level for program execution. ITM
+ channels have 4 groups with 8 channels each, whereby each group can be
+ configured for access rights in the Unprivileged level. The ITM channel 0
+ may be therefore enabled for the user task whereas ITM channel 31 may be
+ accessible only in Privileged level from the RTOS kernel itself.
+
+
+
+
The prototype of the ITM_SendChar routine is shown in the
+table below.
+
+
+
+
+
Name
+
Parameter
+
Description
+
+
+
void uint32_t ITM_SendChar(uint32_t chr)
+
character to output
+
The function outputs a character via the ITM channel 0. The
+ function returns when no debugger is connected that has booked the
+ output. It is blocking when a debugger is connected, but the
+ previous character send is not transmitted.
+ Return: the input character 'chr'.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Example for the usage of the ITM Channel 31 for RTOS Kernels:
+
+
+ // check if debugger connected and ITM channel enabled for tracing
+ if ((CoreDebug->DEMCR & CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA) &&
+ (ITM->TCR & ITM_TCR_ITMENA) &&
+ (ITM->TER & (1UL << 31))) {
+ // transmit trace data
+ while (ITM->PORT31_U32 == 0);
+ ITM->PORT[31].u8 = task_id; // id of next task
+ while (ITM->PORT[31].u32 == 0);
+ ITM->PORT[31].u32 = task_status; // status information
+ }
+
+
+
Cortex-M3 additional Debug Access
+
+
CMSIS provides additional debug functions to enlarge the Cortex-M3 Debug Access.
+Data can be transmitted via a certain global buffer variable towards the target system.
+
+
The buffer variable and the prototypes of the additional functions are shown in the
+table below.
+
+
+
+
+
Name
+
Parameter
+
Description
+
+
+
extern volatile int ITM_RxBuffer
+
+
Buffer to transmit data towards debug system.
+ Value 0x5AA55AA5 indicates that buffer is empty.
+
+
+
int ITM_ReceiveChar (void)
+
none
+
The nonblocking functions returns the character stored in
+ ITM_RxBuffer.
+ Return: -1 indicates that no character was received.
+
+
+
int ITM_CheckChar (void)
+
none
+
The function checks if a character is available in ITM_RxBuffer.
+ Return: 1 indicates that a character is available, 0 indicates that
+ no character is available.
+
+
+
+
+
+
CMSIS Example
+
+ The following section shows a typical example for using the CMSIS layer in user applications.
+ The example is based on a STM32F10x Device.
+
+
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+volatile uint32_t msTicks; /* timeTicks counter */
+
+void SysTick_Handler(void) {
+ msTicks++; /* increment timeTicks counter */
+}
+
+__INLINE static void Delay (uint32_t dlyTicks) {
+ uint32_t curTicks = msTicks;
+
+ while ((msTicks - curTicks) < dlyTicks);
+}
+
+__INLINE static void LED_Config(void) {
+ ; /* Configure the LEDs */
+}
+
+__INLINE static void LED_On (uint32_t led) {
+ ; /* Turn On LED */
+}
+
+__INLINE static void LED_Off (uint32_t led) {
+ ; /* Turn Off LED */
+}
+
+int main (void) {
+ if (SysTick_Config (SystemCoreClock / 1000)) { /* Setup SysTick for 1 msec interrupts */
+ ; /* Handle Error */
+ while (1);
+ }
+
+ LED_Config(); /* configure the LEDs */
+
+ while(1) {
+ LED_On (0x100); /* Turn on the LED */
+ Delay (100); /* delay 100 Msec */
+ LED_Off (0x100); /* Turn off the LED */
+ Delay (100); /* delay 100 Msec */
+ }
+}
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Boot/lib/CMSIS/License.doc b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Boot/lib/CMSIS/License.doc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b6b8acec
Binary files /dev/null and b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Boot/lib/CMSIS/License.doc differ
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Boot/lib/USB_FS_DEVICE/Release_Notes.html b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Boot/lib/USB_FS_DEVICE/Release_Notes.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ea06ab2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Boot/lib/USB_FS_DEVICE/Release_Notes.html
@@ -0,0 +1,877 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Release Notes for STM32F10x and STM32L1xx USB-FS-Device Driver
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ STM32F10x and STM32L1xx USB-FS-Device Driver update History
+
+
+ V3.3.0 / 21-March-2011
+
+
+
+ Main Changes
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Update library driver to support
+
+
+ STM32L15x Medium-Density Low-Power
+
+
+ devices (add STM32L1xx defines).
+
+
+ Minor fixes:
+
+
+
+ otgd_fs_cal.c: correction of iteration number in OTGD_FS_CoreInitDev() function.
+
+
+
+
+ usb_core.c: update the remote wakeup checking condition in NoData_Setup0() function.
+
+
+
+
+ otgd_fs_int.c: update the data count in case of 0 packet length in OTGD_FS_Handle_RxStatusQueueLevel_ISR() function.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ License
+
+
+
+
+ The enclosed firmware and all the related documentation are not covered by a License Agreement, if you need such License you can contact your local STMicroelectronics office.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+
+
+
+
+
+ All
+STM32 devices definitions are commented by default. User has to select the
+appropriate device before starting else an error will be signaled on compile
+time.
+
Add new IRQs definitons inside the IRQn_Type enumeration for STM23 High-density Value line devices.
+
"bool" type removed.
+
+
STM32F10x CMSIS Cortex-M3 Device Peripheral Access Layer System Files:system_stm32f10x.h and system_stm32f10x.c
+
+
+
"system_stm32f10x.c" moved to to "STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Template" directory. This file is also moved to each example directory under "STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Examples".
+
+
SystemInit_ExtMemCtl() function: update to support High-density Value line devices.
+
Add "VECT_TAB_SRAM" inside "system_stm32f10x.c"
+to select if the user want to place the Vector Table in internal SRAM.
+An additional define is also to specify the Vector Table offset "VECT_TAB_OFFSET".
+
Update
+the stm32f10x.h file to support new Value line devices features: CEC
+peripheral, new General purpose timers TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17.
+
Peripherals Bits definitions updated to be in line with Value line devices available features.
+
+
HSE_Value,
+HSI_Value and HSEStartup_TimeOut changed to upper case: HSE_VALUE,
+HSI_VALUE and HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT. Old names are kept for legacy
+purposes.
+
+
+
STM32F10x CMSIS Cortex-M3 Device Peripheral Access Layer System Files:system_stm32f10x.h and system_stm32f10x.c
+
+
+
SystemFrequency variable name changed to SystemCoreClock
+
+
Default
+ SystemCoreClock is changed to 24MHz when Value line devices are selected and to 72MHz on other devices.
+
+
All while(1) loop were removed from all clock setting functions. User has to handle the HSE startup failure.
+
+
Additional function void SystemCoreClockUpdate (void) is provided.
+
Add new
+startup files for STM32 Low-density Value line devices:
+ startup_stm32f10x_ld_vl.s
+
Add new startup
+files for STM32 Medium-density Value line devices:
+ startup_stm32f10x_md_vl.s
+
SystemInit() function is called from startup file (startup_stm32f10x_xx.s) before to branch to application main.
+To reconfigure the default setting of SystemInit() function, refer to system_stm32f10x.c file
+
+
GNU startup file for Low density devices (startup_stm32f10x_ld.s) is updated to fix compilation errors.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
License
+
The
+enclosed firmware and all the related documentation are not covered by
+a License Agreement, if you need such License you can contact your
+local STMicroelectronics office.
+
THE
+PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO
+SAVE TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR
+ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY
+CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY
+CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH
+THEIR PRODUCTS.
+
+
+
+
For
+complete documentation on STM32(CORTEX M3) 32-Bit Microcontrollers
+visit www.st.com/STM32
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F10x/stm32f10x.h b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F10x/stm32f10x.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..af0c7c9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F10x/stm32f10x.h
@@ -0,0 +1,8336 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f10x.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V3.5.0
+ * @date 11-March-2011
+ * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Device Peripheral Access Layer Header File.
+ * This file contains all the peripheral register's definitions, bits
+ * definitions and memory mapping for STM32F10x Connectivity line,
+ * High density, High density value line, Medium density,
+ * Medium density Value line, Low density, Low density Value line
+ * and XL-density devices.
+ *
+ * The file is the unique include file that the application programmer
+ * is using in the C source code, usually in main.c. This file contains:
+ * - Configuration section that allows to select:
+ * - The device used in the target application
+ * - To use or not the peripheral’s drivers in application code(i.e.
+ * code will be based on direct access to peripheral’s registers
+ * rather than drivers API), this option is controlled by
+ * "#define USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER"
+ * - To change few application-specific parameters such as the HSE
+ * crystal frequency
+ * - Data structures and the address mapping for all peripherals
+ * - Peripheral's registers declarations and bits definition
+ * - Macros to access peripheral’s registers hardware
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+ * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+ * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+ * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+ * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+ *
+ *
+ The Cortex-M3 incorporates the Instrumented Trace Macrocell (ITM) that provides together with
+ the Serial Viewer Output trace capabilities for the microcontroller system. The ITM has
+ 32 communication channels which are able to transmit 32 / 16 / 8 bit values; two ITM
+ communication channels are used by CMSIS to output the following information:
+
+
+
ITM Channel 0: used for printf-style output via the debug interface.
+
ITM Channel 31: is reserved for RTOS kernel awareness debugging.
+
+
+
Debug IN / OUT functions
+
CMSIS provides following debug functions:
+
+
ITM_SendChar (uses ITM channel 0)
+
ITM_ReceiveChar (uses global variable)
+
ITM_CheckChar (uses global variable)
+
+
+
ITM_SendChar
+
+ ITM_SendChar is used to transmit a character over ITM channel 0 from
+ the microcontroller system to the debug system.
+ Only a 8 bit value is transmitted.
+
+ ITM communication channel is only capable for OUT direction. For IN direction
+ a globel variable is used. A simple mechansim detects if a character is received.
+ The project to test need to be build with debug information.
+
+
+
+ The globale variable ITM_RxBuffer is used to transmit a 8 bit value from debug system
+ to microcontroller system. ITM_RxBuffer is 32 bit wide to enshure a proper handshake.
+
+
+extern volatile int ITM_RxBuffer; /* variable to receive characters */
+
+
+ A dedicated bit pattern is used to determin if ITM_RxBuffer is empty
+ or contains a valid value.
+
+
+#define ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY 0x5AA55AA5 /* value identifying ITM_RxBuffer is ready for next character */
+
+
+ ITM_ReceiveChar is used to receive a 8 bit value from the debug system. The function is nonblocking.
+ It returns the received character or '-1' if no character was available.
+
+
+static __INLINE int ITM_ReceiveChar (void) {
+ int ch = -1; /* no character available */
+
+ if (ITM_RxBuffer != ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY) {
+ ch = ITM_RxBuffer;
+ ITM_RxBuffer = ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY; /* ready for next character */
+ }
+
+ return (ch);
+}
+
+
+
ITM_CheckChar
+
+ ITM_CheckChar is used to check if a character is received.
+
+
+static __INLINE int ITM_CheckChar (void) {
+
+ if (ITM_RxBuffer == ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY) {
+ return (0); /* no character available */
+ } else {
+ return (1); /* character available */
+ }
+}
+
+
+
ITM Debug Support in uVision
+
+ uVision uses in a debug session the Debug (printf) Viewer window to
+ display the debug data.
+
+
Direction microcontroller system -> uVision:
+
+
+ Characters received via ITM communication channel 0 are written in a printf style
+ to Debug (printf) Viewer window.
+
+
+
+
Direction uVision -> microcontroller system:
+
+
Check if ITM_RxBuffer variable is available (only performed once).
+
Read character from Debug (printf) Viewer window.
+
If ITM_RxBuffer empty write character to ITM_RxBuffer.
+
+
+
Note
+
+
Current solution does not use a buffer machanism for trasmitting the characters.
+
+
+
+
RTX Kernel awareness in uVision
+
+ uVision / RTX are using a simple and efficient solution for RTX Kernel awareness.
+ No format overhead is necessary.
+ uVsion debugger decodes the RTX events via the 32 / 16 / 8 bit ITM write access
+ to ITM communication channel 31.
+
+
+
Following RTX events are traced:
+
+
Task Create / Delete event
+
+
32 bit access. Task start address is transmitted
+
16 bit access. Task ID and Create/Delete flag are transmitted
+ High byte holds Create/Delete flag, Low byte holds TASK ID.
+
+
+
+
Task switch event
+
+
8 bit access. Task ID of current task is transmitted
+
+
+
+
+
Note
+
+
Other RTOS information could be retrieved via memory read access in a polling mode manner.
+
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/CMSIS/CMSIS_changes.htm b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/CMSIS/CMSIS_changes.htm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..162ffcc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/CMSIS/CMSIS_changes.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+
+
+
+CMSIS Changes
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Changes to CMSIS version V1.20
+
+
+
+
1. Removed CMSIS Middelware packages
+
+ CMSIS Middleware is on hold from ARM side until a agreement between all CMSIS partners is found.
+
+
+
2. SystemFrequency renamed to SystemCoreClock
+
+ The variable name SystemCoreClock is more precise than SystemFrequency
+ because the variable holds the clock value at which the core is running.
+
+
+
3. Changed startup concept
+
+ The old startup concept (calling SystemInit_ExtMemCtl from startup file and calling SystemInit
+ from main) has the weakness that it does not work for controllers which need a already
+ configuerd clock system to configure the external memory controller.
+
+
+
Changed startup concept
+
+
+ SystemInit() is called from startup file before premain.
+
+
+ SystemInit() configures the clock system and also configures
+ an existing external memory controller.
+
+
+ SystemInit() must not use global variables.
+
+
+ SystemCoreClock is initialized with a correct predefined value.
+
+
+ Additional function void SystemCoreClockUpdate (void) is provided.
+ SystemCoreClockUpdate() updates the variable SystemCoreClock
+ and must be called whenever the core clock is changed.
+ SystemCoreClockUpdate() evaluates the clock register settings and calculates
+ the current core clock.
+
+
+
+
+
4. Advanced Debug Functions
+
+ ITM communication channel is only capable for OUT direction. To allow also communication for
+ IN direction a simple concept is provided.
+
+
+
+ Global variable volatile int ITM_RxBuffer used for IN data.
+
+
+ Function int ITM_CheckChar (void) checks if a new character is available.
+
+
+ Function int ITM_ReceiveChar (void) retrieves the new character.
+
+
+
+
+ For detailed explanation see file CMSIS debug support.htm.
+
+
+
+
5. Core Register Bit Definitions
+
+ Files core_cm3.h and core_cm0.h contain now bit definitions for Core Registers. The name for the
+ defines correspond with the Cortex-M Technical Reference Manual.
+
+ The Cortex Microcontroller Software Interface Standard (CMSIS) answers the challenges
+ that are faced when software components are deployed to physical microcontroller devices based on a
+ Cortex-M0 or Cortex-M3 processor. The CMSIS will be also expanded to future Cortex-M
+ processor cores (the term Cortex-M is used to indicate that). The CMSIS is defined in close co-operation
+ with various silicon and software vendors and provides a common approach to interface to peripherals,
+ real-time operating systems, and middleware components.
+
+
+
ARM provides as part of the CMSIS the following software layers that are
+available for various compiler implementations:
+
+
Core Peripheral Access Layer: contains name definitions,
+ address definitions and helper functions to
+ access core registers and peripherals. It defines also a device
+ independent interface for RTOS Kernels that includes debug channel
+ definitions.
+
+
+
These software layers are expanded by Silicon partners with:
+
+
Device Peripheral Access Layer: provides definitions
+ for all device peripherals
+
Access Functions for Peripherals (optional): provides
+ additional helper functions for peripherals
+
+
+
CMSIS defines for a Cortex-M Microcontroller System:
+
+
A common way to access peripheral registers
+ and a common way to define exception vectors.
+
The register names of the Core
+ Peripherals andthe names of the Core
+ Exception Vectors.
+
An device independent interface for RTOS Kernels including a debug
+ channel.
+
+
+
+ By using CMSIS compliant software components, the user can easier re-use template code.
+ CMSIS is intended to enable the combination of software components from multiple middleware vendors.
+
+
+
Coding Rules and Conventions
+
+
+ The following section describes the coding rules and conventions used in the CMSIS
+ implementation. It contains also information about data types and version number information.
+
+
+
Essentials
+
+
The CMSIS C code conforms to MISRA 2004 rules. In case of MISRA violations,
+ there are disable and enable sequences for PC-LINT inserted.
+
ANSI standard data types defined in the ANSI C header file
+ <stdint.h> are used.
+
#define constants that include expressions must be enclosed by
+ parenthesis.
+
Variables and parameters have a complete data type.
+
All functions in the Core Peripheral Access Layer are
+ re-entrant.
+
The Core Peripheral Access Layer has no blocking code
+ (which means that wait/query loops are done at other software layers).
+
For each exception/interrupt there is definition for:
+
+
an exception/interrupt handler with the postfix _Handler
+ (for exceptions) or _IRQHandler (for interrupts).
+
a default exception/interrupt handler (weak definition) that contains an endless loop.
+
a #define of the interrupt number with the postfix _IRQn.
+
+
+
+
Recommendations
+
+
The CMSIS recommends the following conventions for identifiers.
+
+
CAPITAL names to identify Core Registers, Peripheral Registers, and CPU Instructions.
+
CamelCase names to identify peripherals access functions and interrupts.
+
PERIPHERAL_ prefix to identify functions that belong to specify peripherals.
+
Doxygen comments for all functions are included as described under Function Comments below.
+
+
+Comments
+
+
+
Comments use the ANSI C90 style (/* comment */) or C++ style
+ (// comment). It is assumed that the programming tools support today
+ consistently the C++ comment style.
+
Function Comments provide for each function the following information:
+
+
one-line brief function overview.
+
detailed parameter explanation.
+
detailed information about return values.
+
detailed description of the actual function.
+
+
Doxygen Example:
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable Interrupt in NVIC Interrupt Controller
+ * @param IRQn interrupt number that specifies the interrupt
+ * @return none.
+ * Enable the specified interrupt in the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
+ * Other settings of the interrupt such as priority are not affected.
+ */
+
+
+
+
Data Types and IO Type Qualifiers
+
+
+ The Cortex-M HAL uses the standard types from the standard ANSI C header file
+ <stdint.h>. IO Type Qualifiers are used to specify the access
+ to peripheral variables. IO Type Qualifiers are indented to be used for automatic generation of
+ debug information of peripheral registers.
+
+
+
+
+
+
IO Type Qualifier
+
#define
+
Description
+
+
+
__I
+
volatile const
+
Read access only
+
+
+
__O
+
volatile
+
Write access only
+
+
+
__IO
+
volatile
+
Read and write access
+
+
+
+
+
CMSIS Version Number
+
+ File core_cm3.h contains the version number of the CMSIS with the following define:
+
+
+
+#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /* [31:16] main version */
+#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB (0x30) /* [15:0] sub version */
+#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION ((__CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN << 16) | __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB)
+
+
+ File core_cm0.h contains the version number of the CMSIS with the following define:
+
+
+
+#define __CM0_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /* [31:16] main version */
+#define __CM0_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB (0x30) /* [15:0] sub version */
+#define __CM0_CMSIS_VERSION ((__CM0_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN << 16) | __CM0_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB)
+
+
+
CMSIS Cortex Core
+
+ File core_cm3.h contains the type of the CMSIS Cortex-M with the following define:
+
+
+
+#define __CORTEX_M (0x03)
+
+
+ File core_cm0.h contains the type of the CMSIS Cortex-M with the following define:
+
+
+
+#define __CORTEX_M (0x00)
+
+
+
CMSIS Files
+
+ This section describes the Files provided in context with the CMSIS to access the Cortex-M
+ hardware and peripherals.
+
+
+
+
+
+
File
+
Provider
+
Description
+
+
+
device.h
+
Device specific (provided by silicon partner)
+
Defines the peripherals for the actual device. The file may use
+ several other include files to define the peripherals of the actual device.
+
+
+
core_cm0.h
+
ARM (for RealView ARMCC, IAR, and GNU GCC)
+
Defines the core peripherals for the Cortex-M0 CPU and core peripherals.
+
+
+
core_cm3.h
+
ARM (for RealView ARMCC, IAR, and GNU GCC)
+
Defines the core peripherals for the Cortex-M3 CPU and core peripherals.
+
+
+
core_cm0.c
+
ARM (for RealView ARMCC, IAR, and GNU GCC)
+
Provides helper functions that access core registers.
+
+
+
core_cm3.c
+
ARM (for RealView ARMCC, IAR, and GNU GCC)
+
Provides helper functions that access core registers.
+
+
+
startup_device
+
ARM (adapted by compiler partner / silicon partner)
+
Provides the Cortex-M startup code and the complete (device specific) Interrupt Vector Table
+
+
+
system_device
+
ARM (adapted by silicon partner)
+
Provides a device specific configuration file for the device. It configures the device initializes
+ typically the oscillator (PLL) that is part of the microcontroller device
+
+
+
+
+
device.h
+
+
+ The file device.h is provided by the silicon vendor and is the
+ central include file that the application programmer is using in
+ the C source code. This file contains:
+
+
+
+
Interrupt Number Definition: provides interrupt numbers
+ (IRQn) for all core and device specific exceptions and interrupts.
+
+
+
Configuration for core_cm0.h / core_cm3.h: reflects the
+ actual configuration of the Cortex-M processor that is part of the actual
+ device. As such the file core_cm0.h / core_cm3.h is included that
+ implements access to processor registers and core peripherals.
+
+
+
Device Peripheral Access Layer: provides definitions
+ for all device peripherals. It contains all data structures and the address
+ mapping for the device specific peripherals.
+
+
Access Functions for Peripherals (optional): provides
+ additional helper functions for peripherals that are useful for programming
+ of these peripherals. Access Functions may be provided as inline functions
+ or can be extern references to a device specific library provided by the
+ silicon vendor.
+
+
+
+
Interrupt Number Definition
+
+
To access the device specific interrupts the device.h file defines IRQn
+numbers for the complete device using a enum typedef as shown below:
+ The Cortex-M core configuration options which are defined for each device implementation. Some
+ configuration options are reflected in the CMSIS layer using the #define settings described below.
+
+
+ To access core peripherals file device.h includes file core_cm0.h / core_cm3.h.
+ Several features in core_cm0.h / core_cm3.h are configured by the following defines that must be
+ defined before #include <core_cm0.h> / #include <core_cm3.h>
+ preprocessor command.
+
+
+
+
+
+
#define
+
File
+
Value
+
Description
+
+
+
__NVIC_PRIO_BITS
+
core_cm0.h
+
(2)
+
Number of priority bits implemented in the NVIC (device specific)
+
+
+
__NVIC_PRIO_BITS
+
core_cm3.h
+
(2 ... 8)
+
Number of priority bits implemented in the NVIC (device specific)
+
+
+
__MPU_PRESENT
+
core_cm0.h, core_cm3.h
+
(0, 1)
+
Defines if an MPU is present or not
+
+
+
__Vendor_SysTickConfig
+
core_cm0.h, core_cm3.h
+
(1)
+
When this define is setup to 1, the SysTickConfig function
+ in core_cm3.h is excluded. In this case the device.h
+ file must contain a vendor specific implementation of this function.
+
+
+
+
+
+
Device Peripheral Access Layer
+
+ Each peripheral uses a prefix which consists of <device abbreviation>_
+ and <peripheral name>_ to identify peripheral registers that access this
+ specific peripheral. The intention of this is to avoid name collisions caused
+ due to short names. If more than one peripheral of the same type exists,
+ identifiers have a postfix (digit or letter). For example:
+
+
+
<device abbreviation>_UART_Type: defines the generic register layout for all UART channels in a device.
+
<device abbreviation>_UART1: is a pointer to a register structure that refers to a specific UART.
+ For example UART1->DR is the data register of UART1.
+
+ To access the peripheral registers and related function in a device the files device.h
+ and core_cm0.h / core_cm3.h defines as a minimum:
+
+
+
The Register Layout Typedef for each peripheral that defines all register names.
+ Names that start with RESERVE are used to introduce space into the structure to adjust the addresses of
+ the peripheral registers. For example:
+
+typedef struct {
+ __IO uint32_t CTRL; /* SysTick Control and Status Register */
+ __IO uint32_t LOAD; /* SysTick Reload Value Register */
+ __IO uint32_t VAL; /* SysTick Current Value Register */
+ __I uint32_t CALIB; /* SysTick Calibration Register */
+ } SysTick_Type;
+
+
+
+ Base Address for each peripheral (in case of multiple peripherals
+ that use the same register layout typedef multiple base addresses are defined). For example:
+
+#define SysTick_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0010) /* SysTick Base Address */
+
+
+
+ Access Definition for each peripheral (in case of multiple peripherals that use
+ the same register layout typedef multiple access definitions exist, i.e. LPC_UART0,
+ LPC_UART2). For Example:
+
+ These definitions allow to access the peripheral registers from user code with simple assignments like:
+
+
SysTick->CTRL = 0;
+
+
Optional Features
+
In addition the device.h file may define:
+
+
+ #define constants that simplify access to the peripheral registers.
+ These constant define bit-positions or other specific patterns are that required for the
+ programming of the peripheral registers. The identifiers used start with
+ <device abbreviation>_ and <peripheral name>_.
+ It is recommended to use CAPITAL letters for such #define constants.
+
+
+ Functions that perform more complex functions with the peripheral (i.e. status query before
+ a sending register is accessed). Again these function start with
+ <device abbreviation>_ and <peripheral name>_.
+
+
+
+
core_cm0.h and core_cm0.c
+
+ File core_cm0.h describes the data structures for the Cortex-M0 core peripherals and does
+ the address mapping of this structures. It also provides basic access to the Cortex-M0 core registers
+ and core peripherals with efficient functions (defined as static inline).
+
+
+ File core_cm0.c defines several helper functions that access processor registers.
+
+ File core_cm3.h describes the data structures for the Cortex-M3 core peripherals and does
+ the address mapping of this structures. It also provides basic access to the Cortex-M3 core registers
+ and core peripherals with efficient functions (defined as static inline).
+
+
+ File core_cm3.c defines several helper functions that access processor registers.
+
+ A template file for startup_device is provided by ARM for each supported
+ compiler. It is adapted by the silicon vendor to include interrupt vectors for all device specific
+ interrupt handlers. Each interrupt handler is defined as weak function
+ to an dummy handler. Therefore the interrupt handler can be directly used in application software
+ without any requirements to adapt the startup_device file.
+
+
+ The following exception names are fixed and define the start of the vector table for a Cortex-M0:
+
+ The user application may simply define an interrupt handler function by using the handler name
+ as shown below.
+
+
+void WWDG_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ :
+ :
+}
+
+
+
system_device.c
+
+ A template file for system_device.c is provided by ARM but adapted by
+ the silicon vendor to match their actual device. As a minimum requirement
+ this file must provide a device specific system configuration function and a global variable
+ that contains the system frequency. It configures the device and initializes typically the
+ oscillator (PLL) that is part of the microcontroller device.
+
+
+ The file system_device.c must provide
+ as a minimum requirement the SystemInit function as shown below.
+
+
+
+
+
+
Function Definition
+
Description
+
+
+
void SystemInit (void)
+
Setup the microcontroller system. Typically this function configures the
+ oscillator (PLL) that is part of the microcontroller device. For systems
+ with variable clock speed it also updates the variable SystemCoreClock.
+ SystemInit is called from startup_device file.
+
+
+
void SystemCoreClockUpdate (void)
+
Updates the variable SystemCoreClock and must be called whenever the
+ core clock is changed during program execution. SystemCoreClockUpdate()
+ evaluates the clock register settings and calculates the current core clock.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Also part of the file system_device.c
+ is the variable SystemCoreClock which contains the current CPU clock speed shown below.
+
+
+
+
+
+
Variable Definition
+
Description
+
+
+
uint32_t SystemCoreClock
+
Contains the system core clock (which is the system clock frequency supplied
+ to the SysTick timer and the processor core clock). This variable can be
+ used by the user application to setup the SysTick timer or configure other
+ parameters. It may also be used by debugger to query the frequency of the
+ debug timer or configure the trace clock speed.
+ SystemCoreClock is initialized with a correct predefined value.
+ The compiler must be configured to avoid the removal of this variable in
+ case that the application program is not using it. It is important for
+ debug systems that the variable is physically present in memory so that
+ it can be examined to configure the debugger.
+
+
+
+
+
Note
+
+
The above definitions are the minimum requirements for the file
+ system_device.c. This
+ file may export more functions or variables that provide a more flexible
+ configuration of the microcontroller system.
+
+
+
+
+
Core Peripheral Access Layer
+
+
Cortex-M Core Register Access
+
+ The following functions are defined in core_cm0.h / core_cm3.h
+ and provide access to Cortex-M core registers.
+
+
+
+
+
+
Function Definition
+
Core
+
Core Register
+
Description
+
+
+
void __enable_irq (void)
+
M0, M3
+
PRIMASK = 0
+
Global Interrupt enable (using the instruction CPSIE
+ i)
+
+
+
void __disable_irq (void)
+
M0, M3
+
PRIMASK = 1
+
Global Interrupt disable (using the instruction
+ CPSID i)
+
+
+
void __set_PRIMASK (uint32_t value)
+
M0, M3
+
PRIMASK = value
+
Assign value to Priority Mask Register (using the instruction
+ MSR)
+
+
+
uint32_t __get_PRIMASK (void)
+
M0, M3
+
return PRIMASK
+
Return Priority Mask Register (using the instruction
+ MRS)
+
+
+
void __enable_fault_irq (void)
+
M3
+
FAULTMASK = 0
+
Global Fault exception and Interrupt enable (using the
+ instruction CPSIE
+ f)
+
+
+
void __disable_fault_irq (void)
+
M3
+
FAULTMASK = 1
+
Global Fault exception and Interrupt disable (using the
+ instruction CPSID f)
+
+
+
void __set_FAULTMASK (uint32_t value)
+
M3
+
FAULTMASK = value
+
Assign value to Fault Mask Register (using the instruction
+ MSR)
+
+
+
uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK (void)
+
M3
+
return FAULTMASK
+
Return Fault Mask Register (using the instruction MRS)
+
+
+
void __set_BASEPRI (uint32_t value)
+
M3
+
BASEPRI = value
+
Set Base Priority (using the instruction MSR)
+
+
+
uiuint32_t __get_BASEPRI (void)
+
M3
+
return BASEPRI
+
Return Base Priority (using the instruction MRS)
+
+
+
void __set_CONTROL (uint32_t value)
+
M0, M3
+
CONTROL = value
+
Set CONTROL register value (using the instruction MSR)
+
+
+
uint32_t __get_CONTROL (void)
+
M0, M3
+
return CONTROL
+
Return Control Register Value (using the instruction
+ MRS)
+
+
+
void __set_PSP (uint32_t TopOfProcStack)
+
M0, M3
+
PSP = TopOfProcStack
+
Set Process Stack Pointer value (using the instruction
+ MSR)
+
+
+
uint32_t __get_PSP (void)
+
M0, M3
+
return PSP
+
Return Process Stack Pointer (using the instruction MRS)
+
+
+
void __set_MSP (uint32_t TopOfMainStack)
+
M0, M3
+
MSP = TopOfMainStack
+
Set Main Stack Pointer (using the instruction MSR)
+
+
+
uint32_t __get_MSP (void)
+
M0, M3
+
return MSP
+
Return Main Stack Pointer (using the instruction MRS)
+
+
+
+
+
Cortex-M Instruction Access
+
+ The following functions are defined in core_cm0.h / core_cm3.hand
+ generate specific Cortex-M instructions. The functions are implemented in the file
+ core_cm0.c / core_cm3.c.
+
+
+
+
+
+
Name
+
Core
+
Generated CPU Instruction
+
Description
+
+
+
void __NOP (void)
+
M0, M3
+
NOP
+
No Operation
+
+
+
void __WFI (void)
+
M0, M3
+
WFI
+
Wait for Interrupt
+
+
+
void __WFE (void)
+
M0, M3
+
WFE
+
Wait for Event
+
+
+
void __SEV (void)
+
M0, M3
+
SEV
+
Set Event
+
+
+
void __ISB (void)
+
M0, M3
+
ISB
+
Instruction Synchronization Barrier
+
+
+
void __DSB (void)
+
M0, M3
+
DSB
+
Data Synchronization Barrier
+
+
+
void __DMB (void)
+
M0, M3
+
DMB
+
Data Memory Barrier
+
+
+
uint32_t __REV (uint32_t value)
+
M0, M3
+
REV
+
Reverse byte order in integer value.
+
+
+
uint32_t __REV16 (uint16_t value)
+
M0, M3
+
REV16
+
Reverse byte order in unsigned short value.
+
+
+
sint32_t __REVSH (sint16_t value)
+
M0, M3
+
REVSH
+
Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer.
Remove the exclusive lock created by __LDREXB, __LDREXH, or __LDREXW
+
+
+
+
+
+
NVIC Access Functions
+
+ The CMSIS provides access to the NVIC via the register interface structure and several helper
+ functions that simplify the setup of the NVIC. The CMSIS HAL uses IRQ numbers (IRQn) to
+ identify the interrupts. The first device interrupt has the IRQn value 0. Therefore negative
+ IRQn values are used for processor core exceptions.
+
+
+ For the IRQn values of core exceptions the file device.h provides
+ the following enum names.
+
+
+
+
+
+
Core Exception enum Value
+
Core
+
IRQn
+
Description
+
+
+
NonMaskableInt_IRQn
+
M0, M3
+
-14
+
Cortex-M Non Maskable Interrupt
+
+
+
HardFault_IRQn
+
M0, M3
+
-13
+
Cortex-M Hard Fault Interrupt
+
+
+
MemoryManagement_IRQn
+
M3
+
-12
+
Cortex-M Memory Management Interrupt
+
+
+
BusFault_IRQn
+
M3
+
-11
+
Cortex-M Bus Fault Interrupt
+
+
+
UsageFault_IRQn
+
M3
+
-10
+
Cortex-M Usage Fault Interrupt
+
+
+
SVCall_IRQn
+
M0, M3
+
-5
+
Cortex-M SV Call Interrupt
+
+
+
DebugMonitor_IRQn
+
M3
+
-4
+
Cortex-M Debug Monitor Interrupt
+
+
+
PendSV_IRQn
+
M0, M3
+
-2
+
Cortex-M Pend SV Interrupt
+
+
+
SysTick_IRQn
+
M0, M3
+
-1
+
Cortex-M System Tick Interrupt
+
+
+
+
+
The following functions simplify the setup of the NVIC.
+The functions are defined as static inline.
IRQ Number, Priority, pointer to Priority Group, pointer to Preemptive Priority, pointer to Sub Priority
+
Deccode given priority to group, preemptive and sub priority
+
+
+
void NVIC_SystemReset (void)
+
M0, M3
+
(void)
+
Resets the System
+
+
+
+
Note
+
+
The processor exceptions have negative enum values. Device specific interrupts
+ have positive enum values and start with 0. The values are defined in
+ device.h file.
+
+
+
The values for PreemptPriority and SubPriority
+ used in functions NVIC_EncodePriority and NVIC_DecodePriority
+ depend on the available __NVIC_PRIO_BITS implemented in the NVIC.
+
+
+
+
+
+
SysTick Configuration Function
+
+
The following function is used to configure the SysTick timer and start the
+SysTick interrupt.
+
+
+
+
+
Name
+
Parameter
+
Description
+
+
+
uint32_t SysTickConfig
+ (uint32_t ticks)
+
ticks is SysTick counter reload value
+
Setup the SysTick timer and enable the SysTick interrupt. After this
+ call the SysTick timer creates interrupts with the specified time
+ interval.
+
+ Return: 0 when successful, 1 on failure.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Cortex-M3 ITM Debug Access
+
+
The Cortex-M3 incorporates the Instrumented Trace Macrocell (ITM) that
+provides together with the Serial Viewer Output trace capabilities for the
+microcontroller system. The ITM has 32 communication channels; two ITM
+communication channels are used by CMSIS to output the following information:
+
+
ITM Channel 0: implements the ITM_SendChar function
+ which can be used for printf-style output via the debug interface.
+
ITM Channel 31: is reserved for the RTOS kernel and can be used for
+ kernel awareness debugging.
+
+
Note
+
+
The ITM channel 31 is selected for the RTOS kernel since some kernels
+ may use the Privileged level for program execution. ITM
+ channels have 4 groups with 8 channels each, whereby each group can be
+ configured for access rights in the Unprivileged level. The ITM channel 0
+ may be therefore enabled for the user task whereas ITM channel 31 may be
+ accessible only in Privileged level from the RTOS kernel itself.
+
+
+
+
The prototype of the ITM_SendChar routine is shown in the
+table below.
+
+
+
+
+
Name
+
Parameter
+
Description
+
+
+
void uint32_t ITM_SendChar(uint32_t chr)
+
character to output
+
The function outputs a character via the ITM channel 0. The
+ function returns when no debugger is connected that has booked the
+ output. It is blocking when a debugger is connected, but the
+ previous character send is not transmitted.
+ Return: the input character 'chr'.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Example for the usage of the ITM Channel 31 for RTOS Kernels:
+
+
+ // check if debugger connected and ITM channel enabled for tracing
+ if ((CoreDebug->DEMCR & CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA) &&
+ (ITM->TCR & ITM_TCR_ITMENA) &&
+ (ITM->TER & (1UL << 31))) {
+ // transmit trace data
+ while (ITM->PORT31_U32 == 0);
+ ITM->PORT[31].u8 = task_id; // id of next task
+ while (ITM->PORT[31].u32 == 0);
+ ITM->PORT[31].u32 = task_status; // status information
+ }
+
+
+
Cortex-M3 additional Debug Access
+
+
CMSIS provides additional debug functions to enlarge the Cortex-M3 Debug Access.
+Data can be transmitted via a certain global buffer variable towards the target system.
+
+
The buffer variable and the prototypes of the additional functions are shown in the
+table below.
+
+
+
+
+
Name
+
Parameter
+
Description
+
+
+
extern volatile int ITM_RxBuffer
+
+
Buffer to transmit data towards debug system.
+ Value 0x5AA55AA5 indicates that buffer is empty.
+
+
+
int ITM_ReceiveChar (void)
+
none
+
The nonblocking functions returns the character stored in
+ ITM_RxBuffer.
+ Return: -1 indicates that no character was received.
+
+
+
int ITM_CheckChar (void)
+
none
+
The function checks if a character is available in ITM_RxBuffer.
+ Return: 1 indicates that a character is available, 0 indicates that
+ no character is available.
+
+
+
+
+
+
CMSIS Example
+
+ The following section shows a typical example for using the CMSIS layer in user applications.
+ The example is based on a STM32F10x Device.
+
+
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+volatile uint32_t msTicks; /* timeTicks counter */
+
+void SysTick_Handler(void) {
+ msTicks++; /* increment timeTicks counter */
+}
+
+__INLINE static void Delay (uint32_t dlyTicks) {
+ uint32_t curTicks = msTicks;
+
+ while ((msTicks - curTicks) < dlyTicks);
+}
+
+__INLINE static void LED_Config(void) {
+ ; /* Configure the LEDs */
+}
+
+__INLINE static void LED_On (uint32_t led) {
+ ; /* Turn On LED */
+}
+
+__INLINE static void LED_Off (uint32_t led) {
+ ; /* Turn Off LED */
+}
+
+int main (void) {
+ if (SysTick_Config (SystemCoreClock / 1000)) { /* Setup SysTick for 1 msec interrupts */
+ ; /* Handle Error */
+ while (1);
+ }
+
+ LED_Config(); /* configure the LEDs */
+
+ while(1) {
+ LED_On (0x100); /* Turn on the LED */
+ Delay (100); /* delay 100 Msec */
+ LED_Off (0x100); /* Turn off the LED */
+ Delay (100); /* delay 100 Msec */
+ }
+}
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/CMSIS/License.doc b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/CMSIS/License.doc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b6b8acec
Binary files /dev/null and b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/CMSIS/License.doc differ
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..633e42e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html
@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Release Notes for STM32F10x Standard Peripherals Library Drivers
+
+
+
+
+
+
STM32F10x Standard
+Peripherals Library Drivers update History
+
V3.5.0 / 11-March-2011
+
Main
+Changes
+
+
+
stm32f10x_can.h/.c files:
+
+
Add 5 new functions
+
+
3
+new functions controlling the counter errors: CAN_GetLastErrorCode(),
+CAN_GetReceiveErrorCounter() and CAN_GetLSBTransmitErrorCounter().
+
+
+
1 new function to select the CAN operating mode: CAN_OperatingModeRequest().
+
+
+
1 new function to support CAN TT mode: CAN_TTComModeCmd().
+
+
+
CAN_TransmitStatus() function updated to support all CAN transmit intermediate states
+
+
+
stm32f10x_i2c.h/.c files:
+
+
Add 1 new function:
+
+
I2C_NACKPositionConfig():
+This function configures the same bit (POS) as I2C_PECPositionConfig()
+but is intended to be used in I2C mode while I2C_PECPositionConfig() is
+intended to used in SMBUS mode.
+
+
+
stm32f10x_tim.h/.c files:
+
+
Change the TIM_DMABurstLength_xBytes definitions to TIM_DMABurstLength_xTansfers
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
3.4.0
+- 10/15/2010
+
+
+
General
+
+
+
+
Add support for STM32F10x High-density value line devices.
+
+
+
+
STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+
+
+
+
+
+
stm32f10x_bkp.h/.c
+
+
Delete BKP registers definition from stm32f10x_bkp.c and use defines within stm32f10x.h file.
+
+
stm32f10x_can.h/.c
+
+
Delete CAN registers definition from stm32f10x_can.c and use defines within stm32f10x.h file.
+
+
Update the wording of some defines and Asserts macro.
+
+
CAN_GetFlagStatus()
+and CAN_ClearFlag() functions: updated to support new flags (were not
+supported in previous version). These flags are: CAN_FLAG_RQCP0,
+CAN_FLAG_RQCP1, CAN_FLAG_RQCP2, CAN_FLAG_FMP1, CAN_FLAG_FF1,
+CAN_FLAG_FOV1, CAN_FLAG_FMP0, CAN_FLAG_FF0, CAN_FLAG_FOV0,
+CAN_FLAG_WKU, CAN_FLAG_SLAK and CAN_FLAG_LEC.
+
+
CAN_GetITStatus()
+function: add a check of the interrupt enable bit before getting the
+status of corresponding interrupt pending bit.
+
+
CAN_ClearITPendingBit() function: correct the procedure to clear the interrupt pending bit.
+
+
+
stm32f10x_crc.h/.c
+
+
Delete CRC registers definition from stm32f10x_crc.c and use defines within stm32f10x.h file.
+
+
stm32f10x_dac.h/.c
+
+
Delete DAC registers definition from stm32f10x_dac.c and use defines within stm32f10x.h file.
+
+
stm32f10x_dbgmcu.h/.c
+
+
Delete DBGMCU registers definition from stm32f10x_dbgmcu.c and use defines within stm32f10x.h file.
+
+
stm32f10x_dma.h/.c
+
+
Delete DMA registers definition from stm32f10x_dma.c and use defines within stm32f10x.h file.
+
Add new function "void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t DataNumber);"
+
+
+
stm32f10x_flash.h/.c
+
+
FLASH functions (Erase and Program) updated to always clear the "PG", "MER" and "PER" bits even in case of TimeOut Error.
+
+
stm32f10x_fsmc.h/.c
+
+
Add new member "FSMC_AsynchronousWait" in "FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef" structure.
+
+
stm32f10x_gpio.h/.c
+
+
GPIO_PinRemapConfig() function: add new values for GPIO_Remap parameter, to support new remap for TIM6, TIM7 and DAC DMA requests, TIM12 and DAC Triggers / DMA2_Channel5 Interrupt mapping.
+
+
stm32f10x_pwr.h/.c
+
+
Delete PWR registers definition from stm32f10x_pwr.c and use defines within stm32f10x.h and core_cm3.h files.
+
+
stm32f10x_rtc.h/.c
+
+
Delete RTC registers definition from stm32f10x_rtc.c and use defines within stm32f10x.h file.
+
+
stm32f10x_spi.h/.c
+
+
Add new definition for I2S Audio Clock frequencies "I2S_AudioFreq_192k".
+
+
stm32f10x_tim.h/.c
+
Add new definition for TIM Input Capture Polarity "TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge".
+
+
+
+
3.3.0
+- 04/16/2010
+
+
General
+
Add support for STM32F10x XL-density devices.
I2C driver: events description and management enhancement.
+
STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+
stm32f10x_dbgmcu.h/.c
DBGMCU_Config() function: add new values DBGMCU_TIMx_STOP (x: 9..14) for DBGMCU_Periph parameter.
stm32f10x_flash.h/.c:
+updated to support Bank2 of XL-density devices (up to 1MByte of Flash
+memory). For more details, refer to the description provided within
+stm32f10x_flash.c file.
stm32f10x_gpio.h/.c
GPIO_PinRemapConfig() function: add new values for GPIO_Remap parameter, to support new remap for FSMC_NADV pin and TIM9..11,13,14.
stm32f10x_i2c.h/.c: I2C events description and management enhancement.
I2C_CheckEvent()
+function: updated to check whether the last event contains the
+I2C_EVENT (instead of check whether the last event is equal to
+I2C_EVENT)
Add
+detailed description of I2C events and how to manage them using the
+functions provided by this driver. For more information, refer to
+stm32f10x_i2c.h and stm32f10x_i2c.c files.
stm32f10x_rcc.h/.c: updated to support TIM9..TIM14 APB clock and reset configuration
stm32f10x_tim.h/.c: updated to support new Timers TIM9..TIM14.
Add support
+for STM32 Low-density Value line (STM32F100x4/6) and
+Medium-density Value line (STM32F100x8/B) devices.
+
Almost
+peripherals drivers were updated to support Value
+line devices features
+
Drivers limitations fix and enhancements.
+
+
+
+
STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+
+
+
Add new
+firmware driver for CEC peripheral: stm32f10x_cec.h and stm32f10x_cec.c
+
Timers drivers stm32f10x_tim.h/.c: add support for new General Purpose Timers: TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17.
+
RCC driver: add support for new Value peripherals: HDMI-CEC, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17.
+
GPIO driver: add new remap parameters for TIM1, TIM15, TIM16, TIM17 and HDMI-CEC: GPIO_Remap_TIM1_DMA, GPIO_Remap_TIM15, GPIO_Remap_TIM16, GPIO_Remap_TIM17, GPIO_Remap_CEC.
+
USART
+driver: add support for Oversampling by 8 mode and onebit method. 2
+functions has been added: USART_OverSampling8Cmd() and
+USART_OneBitMethodCmd().
+
+
DAC
+driver: add new functions handling the DAC under run feature:
+DAC_ITConfig(), DAC_GetFlagStatus(), DAC_ClearFlag(), DAC_GetITStatus()
+and DAC_ClearITPendingBit().
+
DBGMCU driver: add new parameters for TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17: DBGMCU_TIM15_STOP, DBGMCU_TIM16_STOP, DBGMCU_TIM17_STOP.
+
+
FLASH
+driver: the FLASH_EraseOptionBytes() function updated. This is now just
+erasing the option bytes without modifying the RDP status either
+enabled or disabled.
+
PWR
+driver: the PWR_EnterSTOPMode() function updated. When woken up from
+STOP mode, this function resets again the SLEEPDEEP bit in the
+Cortex-M3 System Control register to allow Sleep mode entering.
+
+
+
+
License
+
The
+enclosed firmware and all the related documentation are not covered by
+a License Agreement, if you need such License you can contact your
+local STMicroelectronics office.
+
THE
+PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO
+SAVE TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR
+ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY
+CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY
+CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH
+THEIR PRODUCTS.
+
+
+
+
For
+complete documentation on STM32(CORTEX M3) 32-Bit Microcontrollers
+visit www.st.com/STM32
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/misc.h b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/misc.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7d401ca9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/misc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file misc.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V3.5.0
+ * @date 11-March-2011
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the miscellaneous
+ * firmware library functions (add-on to CMSIS functions).
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+ * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+ * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+ * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+ * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+ *
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_FSMC_H
+#define __STM32F10x_FSMC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup FSMC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Exported_Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Timing parameters For NOR/SRAM Banks
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t FSMC_AddressSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure
+ the duration of the address setup time.
+ This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF.
+ @note: It is not used with synchronous NOR Flash memories. */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_AddressHoldTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure
+ the duration of the address hold time.
+ This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF.
+ @note: It is not used with synchronous NOR Flash memories.*/
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_DataSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure
+ the duration of the data setup time.
+ This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF.
+ @note: It is used for SRAMs, ROMs and asynchronous multiplexed NOR Flash memories. */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure
+ the duration of the bus turnaround.
+ This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF.
+ @note: It is only used for multiplexed NOR Flash memories. */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_CLKDivision; /*!< Defines the period of CLK clock output signal, expressed in number of HCLK cycles.
+ This parameter can be a value between 1 and 0xF.
+ @note: This parameter is not used for asynchronous NOR Flash, SRAM or ROM accesses. */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_DataLatency; /*!< Defines the number of memory clock cycles to issue
+ to the memory before getting the first data.
+ The value of this parameter depends on the memory type as shown below:
+ - It must be set to 0 in case of a CRAM
+ - It is don't care in asynchronous NOR, SRAM or ROM accesses
+ - It may assume a value between 0 and 0xF in NOR Flash memories
+ with synchronous burst mode enable */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_AccessMode; /*!< Specifies the asynchronous access mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Access_Mode */
+}FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief FSMC NOR/SRAM Init structure definition
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t FSMC_Bank; /*!< Specifies the NOR/SRAM memory bank that will be used.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_NORSRAM_Bank */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_DataAddressMux; /*!< Specifies whether the address and data values are
+ multiplexed on the databus or not.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Data_Address_Bus_Multiplexing */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_MemoryType; /*!< Specifies the type of external memory attached to
+ the corresponding memory bank.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Memory_Type */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_MemoryDataWidth; /*!< Specifies the external memory device width.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Data_Width */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_BurstAccessMode; /*!< Enables or disables the burst access mode for Flash memory,
+ valid only with synchronous burst Flash memories.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Burst_Access_Mode */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_AsynchronousWait; /*!< Enables or disables wait signal during asynchronous transfers,
+ valid only with asynchronous Flash memories.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_AsynchronousWait */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity; /*!< Specifies the wait signal polarity, valid only when accessing
+ the Flash memory in burst mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Signal_Polarity */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_WrapMode; /*!< Enables or disables the Wrapped burst access mode for Flash
+ memory, valid only when accessing Flash memories in burst mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wrap_Mode */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignalActive; /*!< Specifies if the wait signal is asserted by the memory one
+ clock cycle before the wait state or during the wait state,
+ valid only when accessing memories in burst mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Timing */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_WriteOperation; /*!< Enables or disables the write operation in the selected bank by the FSMC.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Write_Operation */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignal; /*!< Enables or disables the wait-state insertion via wait
+ signal, valid for Flash memory access in burst mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Signal */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_ExtendedMode; /*!< Enables or disables the extended mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Extended_Mode */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_WriteBurst; /*!< Enables or disables the write burst operation.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Write_Burst */
+
+ FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct; /*!< Timing Parameters for write and read access if the ExtendedMode is not used*/
+
+ FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_WriteTimingStruct; /*!< Timing Parameters for write access if the ExtendedMode is used*/
+}FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Timing parameters For FSMC NAND and PCCARD Banks
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t FSMC_SetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to setup address before
+ the command assertion for NAND-Flash read or write access
+ to common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending on
+ the memory space timing to be configured).
+ This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF.*/
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_WaitSetupTime; /*!< Defines the minimum number of HCLK cycles to assert the
+ command for NAND-Flash read or write access to
+ common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending on the
+ memory space timing to be configured).
+ This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_HoldSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK clock cycles to hold address
+ (and data for write access) after the command deassertion
+ for NAND-Flash read or write access to common/Attribute
+ or I/O memory space (depending on the memory space timing
+ to be configured).
+ This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_HiZSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK clock cycles during which the
+ databus is kept in HiZ after the start of a NAND-Flash
+ write access to common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending
+ on the memory space timing to be configured).
+ This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */
+}FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief FSMC NAND Init structure definition
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t FSMC_Bank; /*!< Specifies the NAND memory bank that will be used.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_NAND_Bank */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_Waitfeature; /*!< Enables or disables the Wait feature for the NAND Memory Bank.
+ This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Wait_feature */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_MemoryDataWidth; /*!< Specifies the external memory device width.
+ This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Data_Width */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_ECC; /*!< Enables or disables the ECC computation.
+ This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_ECC */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_ECCPageSize; /*!< Defines the page size for the extended ECC.
+ This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_ECC_Page_Size */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_TCLRSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the
+ delay between CLE low and RE low.
+ This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF. */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_TARSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the
+ delay between ALE low and RE low.
+ This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xFF */
+
+ FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Common Space Timing */
+
+ FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Attribute Space Timing */
+}FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief FSMC PCCARD Init structure definition
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t FSMC_Waitfeature; /*!< Enables or disables the Wait feature for the Memory Bank.
+ This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Wait_feature */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_TCLRSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the
+ delay between CLE low and RE low.
+ This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF. */
+
+ uint32_t FSMC_TARSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the
+ delay between ALE low and RE low.
+ This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xFF */
+
+
+ FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Common Space Timing */
+
+ FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Attribute Space Timing */
+
+ FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC IO Space Timing */
+}FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_NORSRAM_Bank
+ * @{
+ */
+#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4 ((uint32_t)0x00000006)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_NAND_Bank
+ * @{
+ */
+#define FSMC_Bank2_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define FSMC_Bank3_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_PCCARD_Bank
+ * @{
+ */
+#define FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1) || \
+ ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2) || \
+ ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3) || \
+ ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4))
+
+#define IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) || \
+ ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank3_NAND))
+
+#define IS_FSMC_GETFLAG_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) || \
+ ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) || \
+ ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD))
+
+#define IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) || \
+ ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) || \
+ ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD))
+
+/** @defgroup NOR_SRAM_Controller
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Address_Bus_Multiplexing
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_DataAddressMux_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define IS_FSMC_MUX(MUX) (((MUX) == FSMC_DataAddressMux_Disable) || \
+ ((MUX) == FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Memory_Type
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_MemoryType_PSRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define FSMC_MemoryType_NOR ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define IS_FSMC_MEMORY(MEMORY) (((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM) || \
+ ((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_PSRAM)|| \
+ ((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_NOR))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Width
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(WIDTH) (((WIDTH) == FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b) || \
+ ((WIDTH) == FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Burst_Access_Mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(STATE) (((STATE) == FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable) || \
+ ((STATE) == FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_AsynchronousWait
+ * @{
+ */
+#define FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define IS_FSMC_ASYNWAIT(STATE) (((STATE) == FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable) || \
+ ((STATE) == FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Enable))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Signal_Polarity
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low) || \
+ ((POLARITY) == FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_High))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Wrap_Mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_WrapMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_WrapMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_WrapMode_Disable) || \
+ ((MODE) == FSMC_WrapMode_Enable))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Timing
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_WaitSignalActive_DuringWaitState ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(ACTIVE) (((ACTIVE) == FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState) || \
+ ((ACTIVE) == FSMC_WaitSignalActive_DuringWaitState))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Write_Operation
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_WriteOperation_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(OPERATION) (((OPERATION) == FSMC_WriteOperation_Disable) || \
+ ((OPERATION) == FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Signal
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_WaitSignal_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(SIGNAL) (((SIGNAL) == FSMC_WaitSignal_Disable) || \
+ ((SIGNAL) == FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Extended_Mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+
+#define IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable) || \
+ ((MODE) == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Write_Burst
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_WriteBurst_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable) || \
+ ((BURST) == FSMC_WriteBurst_Enable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Address_Setup_Time
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Address_Hold_Time
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Setup_Time
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) > 0) && ((TIME) <= 0xFF))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Bus_Turn_around_Duration
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_CLK_Division
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(DIV) ((DIV) <= 0xF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Latency
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(LATENCY) ((LATENCY) <= 0xF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Access_Mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_AccessMode_A ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_AccessMode_B ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
+#define FSMC_AccessMode_C ((uint32_t)0x20000000)
+#define FSMC_AccessMode_D ((uint32_t)0x30000000)
+#define IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_A) || \
+ ((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_B) || \
+ ((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_C) || \
+ ((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_D))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup NAND_PCCARD_Controller
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_feature
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_Waitfeature_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FEATURE) (((FEATURE) == FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable) || \
+ ((FEATURE) == FSMC_Waitfeature_Enable))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_ECC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_ECC_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_ECC_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define IS_FSMC_ECC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == FSMC_ECC_Disable) || \
+ ((STATE) == FSMC_ECC_Enable))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_ECC_Page_Size
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_512Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_1024Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_2048Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00060000)
+#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_4096Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_8192Bytes ((uint32_t)0x000A0000)
+#define IS_FSMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes) || \
+ ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_512Bytes) || \
+ ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_1024Bytes) || \
+ ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_2048Bytes) || \
+ ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_4096Bytes) || \
+ ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_8192Bytes))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_TCLR_Setup_Time
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_TAR_Setup_Time
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Setup_Time
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Setup_Time
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Hold_Setup_Time
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_HiZ_Setup_Time
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Interrupt_sources
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_IT_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define FSMC_IT_Level ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define FSMC_IT_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define IS_FSMC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFC7) == 0x00000000) && ((IT) != 0x00000000))
+#define IS_FSMC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == FSMC_IT_RisingEdge) || \
+ ((IT) == FSMC_IT_Level) || \
+ ((IT) == FSMC_IT_FallingEdge))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Flags
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define FSMC_FLAG_Level ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define IS_FSMC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge) || \
+ ((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_Level) || \
+ ((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge) || \
+ ((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT))
+
+#define IS_FSMC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF8) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Exported_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+void FSMC_NORSRAMDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank);
+void FSMC_NANDDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank);
+void FSMC_PCCARDDeInit(void);
+void FSMC_NORSRAMInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct);
+void FSMC_NANDInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct);
+void FSMC_PCCARDInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct);
+void FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct);
+void FSMC_NANDStructInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct);
+void FSMC_PCCARDStructInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct);
+void FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState);
+void FSMC_NANDCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState);
+void FSMC_PCCARDCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void FSMC_NANDECCCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState);
+uint32_t FSMC_GetECC(uint32_t FSMC_Bank);
+void FSMC_ITConfig(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus FSMC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG);
+void FSMC_ClearFlag(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG);
+ITStatus FSMC_GetITStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT);
+void FSMC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32F10x_FSMC_H */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f10x_gpio.h b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f10x_gpio.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b8aa49a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f10x_gpio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,385 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f10x_gpio.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V3.5.0
+ * @date 11-March-2011
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the GPIO
+ * firmware library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+ * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+ * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+ * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+ * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+ *
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_I2C_H
+#define __STM32F10x_I2C_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup I2C
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C Init structure definition
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t I2C_ClockSpeed; /*!< Specifies the clock frequency.
+ This parameter must be set to a value lower than 400kHz */
+
+ uint16_t I2C_Mode; /*!< Specifies the I2C mode.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_mode */
+
+ uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle; /*!< Specifies the I2C fast mode duty cycle.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_duty_cycle_in_fast_mode */
+
+ uint16_t I2C_OwnAddress1; /*!< Specifies the first device own address.
+ This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit address. */
+
+ uint16_t I2C_Ack; /*!< Enables or disables the acknowledgement.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledgement */
+
+ uint16_t I2C_AcknowledgedAddress; /*!< Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit address is acknowledged.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledged_address */
+}I2C_InitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == I2C1) || \
+ ((PERIPH) == I2C2))
+/** @defgroup I2C_mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_Mode_I2C ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define I2C_Mode_SMBusHost ((uint16_t)0x000A)
+#define IS_I2C_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2C_Mode_I2C) || \
+ ((MODE) == I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice) || \
+ ((MODE) == I2C_Mode_SMBusHost))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_duty_cycle_in_fast_mode
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_DutyCycle_16_9 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */
+#define I2C_DutyCycle_2 ((uint16_t)0xBFFF) /*!< I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2 */
+#define IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(CYCLE) (((CYCLE) == I2C_DutyCycle_16_9) || \
+ ((CYCLE) == I2C_DutyCycle_2))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_acknowledgement
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_Ack_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define I2C_Ack_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_I2C_ACK_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == I2C_Ack_Enable) || \
+ ((STATE) == I2C_Ack_Disable))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_transfer_direction
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_Direction_Transmitter ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define I2C_Direction_Receiver ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define IS_I2C_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == I2C_Direction_Transmitter) || \
+ ((DIRECTION) == I2C_Direction_Receiver))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_acknowledged_address
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit ((uint16_t)0x4000)
+#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit ((uint16_t)0xC000)
+#define IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit) || \
+ ((ADDRESS) == I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_registers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_Register_CR1 ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define I2C_Register_CR2 ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define I2C_Register_OAR1 ((uint8_t)0x08)
+#define I2C_Register_OAR2 ((uint8_t)0x0C)
+#define I2C_Register_DR ((uint8_t)0x10)
+#define I2C_Register_SR1 ((uint8_t)0x14)
+#define I2C_Register_SR2 ((uint8_t)0x18)
+#define I2C_Register_CCR ((uint8_t)0x1C)
+#define I2C_Register_TRISE ((uint8_t)0x20)
+#define IS_I2C_REGISTER(REGISTER) (((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CR1) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CR2) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_OAR1) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_OAR2) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_DR) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_SR1) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_SR2) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CCR) || \
+ ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_TRISE))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_SMBus_alert_pin_level
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_SMBusAlert_Low ((uint16_t)0x2000)
+#define I2C_SMBusAlert_High ((uint16_t)0xDFFF)
+#define IS_I2C_SMBUS_ALERT(ALERT) (((ALERT) == I2C_SMBusAlert_Low) || \
+ ((ALERT) == I2C_SMBusAlert_High))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_PEC_position
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_PECPosition_Next ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define I2C_PECPosition_Current ((uint16_t)0xF7FF)
+#define IS_I2C_PEC_POSITION(POSITION) (((POSITION) == I2C_PECPosition_Next) || \
+ ((POSITION) == I2C_PECPosition_Current))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_NCAK_position
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_NACKPosition_Next ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define I2C_NACKPosition_Current ((uint16_t)0xF7FF)
+#define IS_I2C_NACK_POSITION(POSITION) (((POSITION) == I2C_NACKPosition_Next) || \
+ ((POSITION) == I2C_NACKPosition_Current))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_interrupts_definition
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_IT_BUF ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define I2C_IT_EVT ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define I2C_IT_ERR ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xF8FF) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_interrupts_definition
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define I2C_IT_SMBALERT ((uint32_t)0x01008000)
+#define I2C_IT_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x01004000)
+#define I2C_IT_PECERR ((uint32_t)0x01001000)
+#define I2C_IT_OVR ((uint32_t)0x01000800)
+#define I2C_IT_AF ((uint32_t)0x01000400)
+#define I2C_IT_ARLO ((uint32_t)0x01000200)
+#define I2C_IT_BERR ((uint32_t)0x01000100)
+#define I2C_IT_TXE ((uint32_t)0x06000080)
+#define I2C_IT_RXNE ((uint32_t)0x06000040)
+#define I2C_IT_STOPF ((uint32_t)0x02000010)
+#define I2C_IT_ADD10 ((uint32_t)0x02000008)
+#define I2C_IT_BTF ((uint32_t)0x02000004)
+#define I2C_IT_ADDR ((uint32_t)0x02000002)
+#define I2C_IT_SB ((uint32_t)0x02000001)
+
+#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0x20FF) == 0x00) && ((IT) != (uint16_t)0x00))
+
+#define IS_I2C_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == I2C_IT_SMBALERT) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_TIMEOUT) || \
+ ((IT) == I2C_IT_PECERR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_OVR) || \
+ ((IT) == I2C_IT_AF) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_ARLO) || \
+ ((IT) == I2C_IT_BERR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_TXE) || \
+ ((IT) == I2C_IT_RXNE) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_STOPF) || \
+ ((IT) == I2C_IT_ADD10) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_BTF) || \
+ ((IT) == I2C_IT_ADDR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_SB))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_flags_definition
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief SR2 register flags
+ */
+
+#define I2C_FLAG_DUALF ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_GENCALL ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_TRA ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_BUSY ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_MSL ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+
+/**
+ * @brief SR1 register flags
+ */
+
+#define I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT ((uint32_t)0x10008000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x10004000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_PECERR ((uint32_t)0x10001000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_OVR ((uint32_t)0x10000800)
+#define I2C_FLAG_AF ((uint32_t)0x10000400)
+#define I2C_FLAG_ARLO ((uint32_t)0x10000200)
+#define I2C_FLAG_BERR ((uint32_t)0x10000100)
+#define I2C_FLAG_TXE ((uint32_t)0x10000080)
+#define I2C_FLAG_RXNE ((uint32_t)0x10000040)
+#define I2C_FLAG_STOPF ((uint32_t)0x10000010)
+#define I2C_FLAG_ADD10 ((uint32_t)0x10000008)
+#define I2C_FLAG_BTF ((uint32_t)0x10000004)
+#define I2C_FLAG_ADDR ((uint32_t)0x10000002)
+#define I2C_FLAG_SB ((uint32_t)0x10000001)
+
+#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0x20FF) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint16_t)0x00))
+
+#define IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_DUALF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_GENCALL) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TRA) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BUSY) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_MSL) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_PECERR) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_OVR) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_AF) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ARLO) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BERR) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_RXNE) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_STOPF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ADD10) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BTF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ADDR) || \
+ ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SB))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Events
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/*========================================
+
+ I2C Master Events (Events grouped in order of communication)
+ ==========================================*/
+/**
+ * @brief Communication start
+ *
+ * After sending the START condition (I2C_GenerateSTART() function) the master
+ * has to wait for this event. It means that the Start condition has been correctly
+ * released on the I2C bus (the bus is free, no other devices is communicating).
+ *
+ */
+/* --EV5 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT ((uint32_t)0x00030001) /* BUSY, MSL and SB flag */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Address Acknowledge
+ *
+ * After checking on EV5 (start condition correctly released on the bus), the
+ * master sends the address of the slave(s) with which it will communicate
+ * (I2C_Send7bitAddress() function, it also determines the direction of the communication:
+ * Master transmitter or Receiver). Then the master has to wait that a slave acknowledges
+ * his address. If an acknowledge is sent on the bus, one of the following events will
+ * be set:
+ *
+ * 1) In case of Master Receiver (7-bit addressing): the I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED
+ * event is set.
+ *
+ * 2) In case of Master Transmitter (7-bit addressing): the I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED
+ * is set
+ *
+ * 3) In case of 10-Bit addressing mode, the master (just after generating the START
+ * and checking on EV5) has to send the header of 10-bit addressing mode (I2C_SendData()
+ * function). Then master should wait on EV9. It means that the 10-bit addressing
+ * header has been correctly sent on the bus. Then master should send the second part of
+ * the 10-bit address (LSB) using the function I2C_Send7bitAddress(). Then master
+ * should wait for event EV6.
+ *
+ */
+
+/* --EV6 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED ((uint32_t)0x00070082) /* BUSY, MSL, ADDR, TXE and TRA flags */
+#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED ((uint32_t)0x00030002) /* BUSY, MSL and ADDR flags */
+/* --EV9 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10 ((uint32_t)0x00030008) /* BUSY, MSL and ADD10 flags */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Communication events
+ *
+ * If a communication is established (START condition generated and slave address
+ * acknowledged) then the master has to check on one of the following events for
+ * communication procedures:
+ *
+ * 1) Master Receiver mode: The master has to wait on the event EV7 then to read
+ * the data received from the slave (I2C_ReceiveData() function).
+ *
+ * 2) Master Transmitter mode: The master has to send data (I2C_SendData()
+ * function) then to wait on event EV8 or EV8_2.
+ * These two events are similar:
+ * - EV8 means that the data has been written in the data register and is
+ * being shifted out.
+ * - EV8_2 means that the data has been physically shifted out and output
+ * on the bus.
+ * In most cases, using EV8 is sufficient for the application.
+ * Using EV8_2 leads to a slower communication but ensure more reliable test.
+ * EV8_2 is also more suitable than EV8 for testing on the last data transmission
+ * (before Stop condition generation).
+ *
+ * @note In case the user software does not guarantee that this event EV7 is
+ * managed before the current byte end of transfer, then user may check on EV7
+ * and BTF flag at the same time (ie. (I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_BTF)).
+ * In this case the communication may be slower.
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Master RECEIVER mode -----------------------------*/
+/* --EV7 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED ((uint32_t)0x00030040) /* BUSY, MSL and RXNE flags */
+
+/* Master TRANSMITTER mode --------------------------*/
+/* --EV8 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING ((uint32_t)0x00070080) /* TRA, BUSY, MSL, TXE flags */
+/* --EV8_2 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED ((uint32_t)0x00070084) /* TRA, BUSY, MSL, TXE and BTF flags */
+
+
+/*========================================
+
+ I2C Slave Events (Events grouped in order of communication)
+ ==========================================*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief Communication start events
+ *
+ * Wait on one of these events at the start of the communication. It means that
+ * the I2C peripheral detected a Start condition on the bus (generated by master
+ * device) followed by the peripheral address. The peripheral generates an ACK
+ * condition on the bus (if the acknowledge feature is enabled through function
+ * I2C_AcknowledgeConfig()) and the events listed above are set :
+ *
+ * 1) In normal case (only one address managed by the slave), when the address
+ * sent by the master matches the own address of the peripheral (configured by
+ * I2C_OwnAddress1 field) the I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_XXX_ADDRESS_MATCHED event is set
+ * (where XXX could be TRANSMITTER or RECEIVER).
+ *
+ * 2) In case the address sent by the master matches the second address of the
+ * peripheral (configured by the function I2C_OwnAddress2Config() and enabled
+ * by the function I2C_DualAddressCmd()) the events I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_XXX_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED
+ * (where XXX could be TRANSMITTER or RECEIVER) are set.
+ *
+ * 3) In case the address sent by the master is General Call (address 0x00) and
+ * if the General Call is enabled for the peripheral (using function I2C_GeneralCallCmd())
+ * the following event is set I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED.
+ *
+ */
+
+/* --EV1 (all the events below are variants of EV1) */
+/* 1) Case of One Single Address managed by the slave */
+#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00020002) /* BUSY and ADDR flags */
+#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00060082) /* TRA, BUSY, TXE and ADDR flags */
+
+/* 2) Case of Dual address managed by the slave */
+#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00820000) /* DUALF and BUSY flags */
+#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00860080) /* DUALF, TRA, BUSY and TXE flags */
+
+/* 3) Case of General Call enabled for the slave */
+#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00120000) /* GENCALL and BUSY flags */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Communication events
+ *
+ * Wait on one of these events when EV1 has already been checked and:
+ *
+ * - Slave RECEIVER mode:
+ * - EV2: When the application is expecting a data byte to be received.
+ * - EV4: When the application is expecting the end of the communication: master
+ * sends a stop condition and data transmission is stopped.
+ *
+ * - Slave Transmitter mode:
+ * - EV3: When a byte has been transmitted by the slave and the application is expecting
+ * the end of the byte transmission. The two events I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED and
+ * I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTING are similar. The second one can optionally be
+ * used when the user software doesn't guarantee the EV3 is managed before the
+ * current byte end of transfer.
+ * - EV3_2: When the master sends a NACK in order to tell slave that data transmission
+ * shall end (before sending the STOP condition). In this case slave has to stop sending
+ * data bytes and expect a Stop condition on the bus.
+ *
+ * @note In case the user software does not guarantee that the event EV2 is
+ * managed before the current byte end of transfer, then user may check on EV2
+ * and BTF flag at the same time (ie. (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_BTF)).
+ * In this case the communication may be slower.
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Slave RECEIVER mode --------------------------*/
+/* --EV2 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED ((uint32_t)0x00020040) /* BUSY and RXNE flags */
+/* --EV4 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* STOPF flag */
+
+/* Slave TRANSMITTER mode -----------------------*/
+/* --EV3 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED ((uint32_t)0x00060084) /* TRA, BUSY, TXE and BTF flags */
+#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTING ((uint32_t)0x00060080) /* TRA, BUSY and TXE flags */
+/* --EV3_2 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* AF flag */
+
+/*=========================== End of Events Description ==========================================*/
+
+#define IS_I2C_EVENT(EVENT) (((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF)) || \
+ ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL)) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF)) || \
+ ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL)) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10) || \
+ ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_own_address1
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(ADDRESS1) ((ADDRESS1) <= 0x3FF)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_clock_speed
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) >= 0x1) && ((SPEED) <= 400000))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+void I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
+void I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct);
+void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct);
+void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_DMALastTransferCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address);
+void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data);
+uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
+void I2C_Send7bitAddress(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address, uint8_t I2C_Direction);
+uint16_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register);
+void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_NACKPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_NACKPosition);
+void I2C_SMBusAlertConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_SMBusAlert);
+void I2C_TransmitPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_PECPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_PECPosition);
+void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
+void I2C_ARPCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle);
+
+/**
+ * @brief
+ ****************************************************************************************
+ *
+ * I2C State Monitoring Functions
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************************
+ * This I2C driver provides three different ways for I2C state monitoring
+ * depending on the application requirements and constraints:
+ *
+ *
+ * 1) Basic state monitoring:
+ * Using I2C_CheckEvent() function:
+ * It compares the status registers (SR1 and SR2) content to a given event
+ * (can be the combination of one or more flags).
+ * It returns SUCCESS if the current status includes the given flags
+ * and returns ERROR if one or more flags are missing in the current status.
+ * - When to use:
+ * - This function is suitable for most applications as well as for startup
+ * activity since the events are fully described in the product reference manual
+ * (RM0008).
+ * - It is also suitable for users who need to define their own events.
+ * - Limitations:
+ * - If an error occurs (ie. error flags are set besides to the monitored flags),
+ * the I2C_CheckEvent() function may return SUCCESS despite the communication
+ * hold or corrupted real state.
+ * In this case, it is advised to use error interrupts to monitor the error
+ * events and handle them in the interrupt IRQ handler.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * For error management, it is advised to use the following functions:
+ * - I2C_ITConfig() to configure and enable the error interrupts (I2C_IT_ERR).
+ * - I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() which is called when the error interrupt occurs.
+ * Where x is the peripheral instance (I2C1, I2C2 ...)
+ * - I2C_GetFlagStatus() or I2C_GetITStatus() to be called into I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler()
+ * in order to determine which error occurred.
+ * - I2C_ClearFlag() or I2C_ClearITPendingBit() and/or I2C_SoftwareResetCmd()
+ * and/or I2C_GenerateStop() in order to clear the error flag and source,
+ * and return to correct communication status.
+ *
+ *
+ * 2) Advanced state monitoring:
+ * Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent() which returns the image of both status
+ * registers in a single word (uint32_t) (Status Register 2 value is shifted left
+ * by 16 bits and concatenated to Status Register 1).
+ * - When to use:
+ * - This function is suitable for the same applications above but it allows to
+ * overcome the limitations of I2C_GetFlagStatus() function (see below).
+ * The returned value could be compared to events already defined in the
+ * library (stm32f10x_i2c.h) or to custom values defined by user.
+ * - This function is suitable when multiple flags are monitored at the same time.
+ * - At the opposite of I2C_CheckEvent() function, this function allows user to
+ * choose when an event is accepted (when all events flags are set and no
+ * other flags are set or just when the needed flags are set like
+ * I2C_CheckEvent() function).
+ * - Limitations:
+ * - User may need to define his own events.
+ * - Same remark concerning the error management is applicable for this
+ * function if user decides to check only regular communication flags (and
+ * ignores error flags).
+ *
+ *
+ * 3) Flag-based state monitoring:
+ * Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus() which simply returns the status of
+ * one single flag (ie. I2C_FLAG_RXNE ...).
+ * - When to use:
+ * - This function could be used for specific applications or in debug phase.
+ * - It is suitable when only one flag checking is needed (most I2C events
+ * are monitored through multiple flags).
+ * - Limitations:
+ * - When calling this function, the Status register is accessed. Some flags are
+ * cleared when the status register is accessed. So checking the status
+ * of one Flag, may clear other ones.
+ * - Function may need to be called twice or more in order to monitor one
+ * single event.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ *
+ * 1) Basic state monitoring
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_EVENT);
+/**
+ *
+ * 2) Advanced state monitoring
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+uint32_t I2C_GetLastEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
+/**
+ *
+ * 3) Flag-based state monitoring
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG);
+/**
+ *
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG);
+ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT);
+void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32F10x_I2C_H */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f10x_iwdg.h b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f10x_iwdg.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7f5ab764
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f10x_iwdg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f10x_iwdg.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V3.5.0
+ * @date 11-March-2011
+ * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the IWDG
+ * firmware library.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+ * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+ * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+ * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+ * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+ *
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_flash.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH
+ * @brief FLASH driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_TypesDefinitions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Defines
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Flash Access Control Register bits */
+#define ACR_LATENCY_Mask ((uint32_t)0x00000038)
+#define ACR_HLFCYA_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF7)
+#define ACR_PRFTBE_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFEF)
+
+/* Flash Access Control Register bits */
+#define ACR_PRFTBS_Mask ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+
+/* Flash Control Register bits */
+#define CR_PG_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define CR_PG_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00001FFE)
+#define CR_PER_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define CR_PER_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00001FFD)
+#define CR_MER_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define CR_MER_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00001FFB)
+#define CR_OPTPG_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define CR_OPTPG_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00001FEF)
+#define CR_OPTER_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define CR_OPTER_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00001FDF)
+#define CR_STRT_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define CR_LOCK_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+
+/* FLASH Mask */
+#define RDPRT_Mask ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define WRP0_Mask ((uint32_t)0x000000FF)
+#define WRP1_Mask ((uint32_t)0x0000FF00)
+#define WRP2_Mask ((uint32_t)0x00FF0000)
+#define WRP3_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFF000000)
+#define OB_USER_BFB2 ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+
+/* FLASH Keys */
+#define RDP_Key ((uint16_t)0x00A5)
+#define FLASH_KEY1 ((uint32_t)0x45670123)
+#define FLASH_KEY2 ((uint32_t)0xCDEF89AB)
+
+/* FLASH BANK address */
+#define FLASH_BANK1_END_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x807FFFF)
+
+/* Delay definition */
+#define EraseTimeout ((uint32_t)0x000B0000)
+#define ProgramTimeout ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+@code
+
+ This driver provides functions to configure and program the Flash memory of all STM32F10x devices,
+ including the latest STM32F10x_XL density devices.
+
+ STM32F10x_XL devices feature up to 1 Mbyte with dual bank architecture for read-while-write (RWW) capability:
+ - bank1: fixed size of 512 Kbytes (256 pages of 2Kbytes each)
+ - bank2: up to 512 Kbytes (up to 256 pages of 2Kbytes each)
+ While other STM32F10x devices features only one bank with memory up to 512 Kbytes.
+
+ In version V3.3.0, some functions were updated and new ones were added to support
+ STM32F10x_XL devices. Thus some functions manages all devices, while other are
+ dedicated for XL devices only.
+
+ The table below presents the list of available functions depending on the used STM32F10x devices.
+
+ ***************************************************
+ * Legacy functions used for all STM32F10x devices *
+ ***************************************************
+ +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | Functions prototypes |STM32F10x_XL|Other STM32F10x| Comments |
+ | | devices | devices | |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_SetLatency | Yes | Yes | No change |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_HalfCycleAccessCmd | Yes | Yes | No change |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd | Yes | Yes | No change |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_Unlock | Yes | Yes | - For STM32F10X_XL devices: unlock Bank1 and Bank2. |
+ | | | | - For other devices: unlock Bank1 and it is equivalent |
+ | | | | to FLASH_UnlockBank1 function. |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_Lock | Yes | Yes | - For STM32F10X_XL devices: lock Bank1 and Bank2. |
+ | | | | - For other devices: lock Bank1 and it is equivalent |
+ | | | | to FLASH_LockBank1 function. |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_ErasePage | Yes | Yes | - For STM32F10x_XL devices: erase a page in Bank1 and Bank2 |
+ | | | | - For other devices: erase a page in Bank1 |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_EraseAllPages | Yes | Yes | - For STM32F10x_XL devices: erase all pages in Bank1 and Bank2 |
+ | | | | - For other devices: erase all pages in Bank1 |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_EraseOptionBytes | Yes | Yes | No change |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_ProgramWord | Yes | Yes | Updated to program up to 1MByte (depending on the used device) |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_ProgramHalfWord | Yes | Yes | Updated to program up to 1MByte (depending on the used device) |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_ProgramOptionByteData | Yes | Yes | No change |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_EnableWriteProtection | Yes | Yes | No change |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_ReadOutProtection | Yes | Yes | No change |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_UserOptionByteConfig | Yes | Yes | No change |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_GetUserOptionByte | Yes | Yes | No change |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_GetWriteProtectionOptionByte | Yes | Yes | No change |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_GetReadOutProtectionStatus | Yes | Yes | No change |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_GetPrefetchBufferStatus | Yes | Yes | No change |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_ITConfig | Yes | Yes | - For STM32F10x_XL devices: enable Bank1 and Bank2's interrupts|
+ | | | | - For other devices: enable Bank1's interrupts |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_GetFlagStatus | Yes | Yes | - For STM32F10x_XL devices: return Bank1 and Bank2's flag status|
+ | | | | - For other devices: return Bank1's flag status |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_ClearFlag | Yes | Yes | - For STM32F10x_XL devices: clear Bank1 and Bank2's flag |
+ | | | | - For other devices: clear Bank1's flag |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_GetStatus | Yes | Yes | - Return the status of Bank1 (for all devices) |
+ | | | | equivalent to FLASH_GetBank1Status function |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_WaitForLastOperation | Yes | Yes | - Wait for Bank1 last operation (for all devices) |
+ | | | | equivalent to: FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation function |
+ +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+ ************************************************************************************************************************
+ * New functions used for all STM32F10x devices to manage Bank1: *
+ * - These functions are mainly useful for STM32F10x_XL density devices, to have separate control for Bank1 and bank2 *
+ * - For other devices, these functions are optional (covered by functions listed above) *
+ ************************************************************************************************************************
+ +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | Functions prototypes |STM32F10x_XL|Other STM32F10x| Comments |
+ | | devices | devices | |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ | FLASH_UnlockBank1 | Yes | Yes | - Unlock Bank1 |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_LockBank1 | Yes | Yes | - Lock Bank1 |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ | FLASH_EraseAllBank1Pages | Yes | Yes | - Erase all pages in Bank1 |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ | FLASH_GetBank1Status | Yes | Yes | - Return the status of Bank1 |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ | FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation | Yes | Yes | - Wait for Bank1 last operation |
+ +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+ *****************************************************************************
+ * New Functions used only with STM32F10x_XL density devices to manage Bank2 *
+ *****************************************************************************
+ +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | Functions prototypes |STM32F10x_XL|Other STM32F10x| Comments |
+ | | devices | devices | |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ | FLASH_UnlockBank2 | Yes | No | - Unlock Bank2 |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ |FLASH_LockBank2 | Yes | No | - Lock Bank2 |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ | FLASH_EraseAllBank2Pages | Yes | No | - Erase all pages in Bank2 |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ | FLASH_GetBank2Status | Yes | No | - Return the status of Bank2 |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ | FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation | Yes | No | - Wait for Bank2 last operation |
+ |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ | FLASH_BootConfig | Yes | No | - Configure to boot from Bank1 or Bank2 |
+ +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+@endcode
+*/
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the code latency value.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * @param FLASH_Latency: specifies the FLASH Latency value.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg FLASH_Latency_0: FLASH Zero Latency cycle
+ * @arg FLASH_Latency_1: FLASH One Latency cycle
+ * @arg FLASH_Latency_2: FLASH Two Latency cycles
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLASH_Latency));
+
+ /* Read the ACR register */
+ tmpreg = FLASH->ACR;
+
+ /* Sets the Latency value */
+ tmpreg &= ACR_LATENCY_Mask;
+ tmpreg |= FLASH_Latency;
+
+ /* Write the ACR register */
+ FLASH->ACR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the Half cycle flash access.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * @param FLASH_HalfCycleAccess: specifies the FLASH Half cycle Access mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Enable: FLASH Half Cycle Enable
+ * @arg FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Disable: FLASH Half Cycle Disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_HalfCycleAccessCmd(uint32_t FLASH_HalfCycleAccess)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_HALFCYCLEACCESS_STATE(FLASH_HalfCycleAccess));
+
+ /* Enable or disable the Half cycle access */
+ FLASH->ACR &= ACR_HLFCYA_Mask;
+ FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_HalfCycleAccess;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the Prefetch Buffer.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * @param FLASH_PrefetchBuffer: specifies the Prefetch buffer status.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg FLASH_PrefetchBuffer_Enable: FLASH Prefetch Buffer Enable
+ * @arg FLASH_PrefetchBuffer_Disable: FLASH Prefetch Buffer Disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(uint32_t FLASH_PrefetchBuffer)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_PREFETCHBUFFER_STATE(FLASH_PrefetchBuffer));
+
+ /* Enable or disable the Prefetch Buffer */
+ FLASH->ACR &= ACR_PRFTBE_Mask;
+ FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_PrefetchBuffer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unlocks the FLASH Program Erase Controller.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * - For STM32F10X_XL devices this function unlocks Bank1 and Bank2.
+ * - For all other devices it unlocks Bank1 and it is equivalent
+ * to FLASH_UnlockBank1 function..
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_Unlock(void)
+{
+ /* Authorize the FPEC of Bank1 Access */
+ FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
+ FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+ /* Authorize the FPEC of Bank2 Access */
+ FLASH->KEYR2 = FLASH_KEY1;
+ FLASH->KEYR2 = FLASH_KEY2;
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Unlocks the FLASH Bank1 Program Erase Controller.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * - For STM32F10X_XL devices this function unlocks Bank1.
+ * - For all other devices it unlocks Bank1 and it is
+ * equivalent to FLASH_Unlock function.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_UnlockBank1(void)
+{
+ /* Authorize the FPEC of Bank1 Access */
+ FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
+ FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
+}
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+/**
+ * @brief Unlocks the FLASH Bank2 Program Erase Controller.
+ * @note This function can be used only for STM32F10X_XL density devices.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_UnlockBank2(void)
+{
+ /* Authorize the FPEC of Bank2 Access */
+ FLASH->KEYR2 = FLASH_KEY1;
+ FLASH->KEYR2 = FLASH_KEY2;
+
+}
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Locks the FLASH Program Erase Controller.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * - For STM32F10X_XL devices this function Locks Bank1 and Bank2.
+ * - For all other devices it Locks Bank1 and it is equivalent
+ * to FLASH_LockBank1 function.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_Lock(void)
+{
+ /* Set the Lock Bit to lock the FPEC and the CR of Bank1 */
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_LOCK_Set;
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+ /* Set the Lock Bit to lock the FPEC and the CR of Bank2 */
+ FLASH->CR2 |= CR_LOCK_Set;
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Locks the FLASH Bank1 Program Erase Controller.
+ * @note this function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * - For STM32F10X_XL devices this function Locks Bank1.
+ * - For all other devices it Locks Bank1 and it is equivalent
+ * to FLASH_Lock function.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_LockBank1(void)
+{
+ /* Set the Lock Bit to lock the FPEC and the CR of Bank1 */
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_LOCK_Set;
+}
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+/**
+ * @brief Locks the FLASH Bank2 Program Erase Controller.
+ * @note This function can be used only for STM32F10X_XL density devices.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_LockBank2(void)
+{
+ /* Set the Lock Bit to lock the FPEC and the CR of Bank2 */
+ FLASH->CR2 |= CR_LOCK_Set;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Erases a specified FLASH page.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * @param Page_Address: The page address to be erased.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_ErasePage(uint32_t Page_Address)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Page_Address));
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+ if(Page_Address < FLASH_BANK1_END_ADDRESS)
+ {
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(EraseTimeout);
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the page */
+ FLASH->CR|= CR_PER_Set;
+ FLASH->AR = Page_Address;
+ FLASH->CR|= CR_STRT_Set;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(EraseTimeout);
+
+ /* Disable the PER Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_PER_Reset;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(EraseTimeout);
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the page */
+ FLASH->CR2|= CR_PER_Set;
+ FLASH->AR2 = Page_Address;
+ FLASH->CR2|= CR_STRT_Set;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(EraseTimeout);
+
+ /* Disable the PER Bit */
+ FLASH->CR2 &= CR_PER_Reset;
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the page */
+ FLASH->CR|= CR_PER_Set;
+ FLASH->AR = Page_Address;
+ FLASH->CR|= CR_STRT_Set;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
+
+ /* Disable the PER Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_PER_Reset;
+ }
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+
+ /* Return the Erase Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Erases all FLASH pages.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllPages(void)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(EraseTimeout);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all pages */
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_MER_Set;
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_STRT_Set;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(EraseTimeout);
+
+ /* Disable the MER Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_MER_Reset;
+ }
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all pages */
+ FLASH->CR2 |= CR_MER_Set;
+ FLASH->CR2 |= CR_STRT_Set;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(EraseTimeout);
+
+ /* Disable the MER Bit */
+ FLASH->CR2 &= CR_MER_Reset;
+ }
+#else
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all pages */
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_MER_Set;
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_STRT_Set;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
+
+ /* Disable the MER Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_MER_Reset;
+ }
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+
+ /* Return the Erase Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Erases all Bank1 FLASH pages.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * - For STM32F10X_XL devices this function erases all Bank1 pages.
+ * - For all other devices it erases all Bank1 pages and it is equivalent
+ * to FLASH_EraseAllPages function.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank1Pages(void)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(EraseTimeout);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all pages */
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_MER_Set;
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_STRT_Set;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(EraseTimeout);
+
+ /* Disable the MER Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_MER_Reset;
+ }
+ /* Return the Erase Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+/**
+ * @brief Erases all Bank2 FLASH pages.
+ * @note This function can be used only for STM32F10x_XL density devices.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank2Pages(void)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(EraseTimeout);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all pages */
+ FLASH->CR2 |= CR_MER_Set;
+ FLASH->CR2 |= CR_STRT_Set;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(EraseTimeout);
+
+ /* Disable the MER Bit */
+ FLASH->CR2 &= CR_MER_Reset;
+ }
+ /* Return the Erase Status */
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Erases the FLASH option bytes.
+ * @note This functions erases all option bytes except the Read protection (RDP).
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseOptionBytes(void)
+{
+ uint16_t rdptmp = RDP_Key;
+
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ /* Get the actual read protection Option Byte value */
+ if(FLASH_GetReadOutProtectionStatus() != RESET)
+ {
+ rdptmp = 0x00;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* Authorize the small information block programming */
+ FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
+ FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
+
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTER_Set;
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_STRT_Set;
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTER_Reset;
+
+ /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set;
+ /* Restore the last read protection Option Byte value */
+ OB->RDP = (uint16_t)rdptmp;
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Disable the OPTPG Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Return the erase status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Programs a word at a specified address.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
+ * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+ if(Address < FLASH_BANK1_END_ADDRESS - 2)
+ {
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(ProgramTimeout);
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new first
+ half word */
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_PG_Set;
+
+ *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = (uint16_t)Data;
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new second
+ half word */
+ tmp = Address + 2;
+
+ *(__IO uint16_t*) tmp = Data >> 16;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ /* Disable the PG Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the PG Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if(Address == (FLASH_BANK1_END_ADDRESS - 1))
+ {
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new first
+ half word */
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_PG_Set;
+
+ *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = (uint16_t)Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ /* Disable the PG Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the PG Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new second
+ half word */
+ FLASH->CR2 |= CR_PG_Set;
+ tmp = Address + 2;
+
+ *(__IO uint16_t*) tmp = Data >> 16;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ /* Disable the PG Bit */
+ FLASH->CR2 &= CR_PG_Reset;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the PG Bit */
+ FLASH->CR2 &= CR_PG_Reset;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new first
+ half word */
+ FLASH->CR2 |= CR_PG_Set;
+
+ *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = (uint16_t)Data;
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new second
+ half word */
+ tmp = Address + 2;
+
+ *(__IO uint16_t*) tmp = Data >> 16;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ /* Disable the PG Bit */
+ FLASH->CR2 &= CR_PG_Reset;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the PG Bit */
+ FLASH->CR2 &= CR_PG_Reset;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new first
+ half word */
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_PG_Set;
+
+ *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = (uint16_t)Data;
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new second
+ half word */
+ tmp = Address + 2;
+
+ *(__IO uint16_t*) tmp = Data >> 16;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ /* Disable the PG Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the PG Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+
+ /* Return the Program Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Programs a half word at a specified address.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
+ * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ if(Address < FLASH_BANK1_END_ADDRESS)
+ {
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_PG_Set;
+
+ *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ /* Disable the PG Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
+ FLASH->CR2 |= CR_PG_Set;
+
+ *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ /* Disable the PG Bit */
+ FLASH->CR2 &= CR_PG_Reset;
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_PG_Set;
+
+ *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ /* Disable the PG Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset;
+ }
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+
+ /* Return the Program Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Programs a half word at a specified Option Byte Data address.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
+ * This parameter can be 0x1FFFF804 or 0x1FFFF806.
+ * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramOptionByteData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(Address));
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* Authorize the small information block programming */
+ FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
+ FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
+ /* Enables the Option Bytes Programming operation */
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set;
+ *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+ if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Return the Option Byte Data Program Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Write protects the desired pages
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * @param FLASH_Pages: specifies the address of the pages to be write protected.
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * @arg For @b STM32_Low-density_devices: value between FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to3 and FLASH_WRProt_Pages28to31
+ * @arg For @b STM32_Medium-density_devices: value between FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to3
+ * and FLASH_WRProt_Pages124to127
+ * @arg For @b STM32_High-density_devices: value between FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to1 and
+ * FLASH_WRProt_Pages60to61 or FLASH_WRProt_Pages62to255
+ * @arg For @b STM32_Connectivity_line_devices: value between FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to1 and
+ * FLASH_WRProt_Pages60to61 or FLASH_WRProt_Pages62to127
+ * @arg For @b STM32_XL-density_devices: value between FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to1 and
+ * FLASH_WRProt_Pages60to61 or FLASH_WRProt_Pages62to511
+ * @arg FLASH_WRProt_AllPages
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_EnableWriteProtection(uint32_t FLASH_Pages)
+{
+ uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP2_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP3_Data = 0xFFFF;
+
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_WRPROT_PAGE(FLASH_Pages));
+
+ FLASH_Pages = (uint32_t)(~FLASH_Pages);
+ WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(FLASH_Pages & WRP0_Mask);
+ WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((FLASH_Pages & WRP1_Mask) >> 8);
+ WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((FLASH_Pages & WRP2_Mask) >> 16);
+ WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((FLASH_Pages & WRP3_Mask) >> 24);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* Authorizes the small information block programming */
+ FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
+ FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set;
+ if(WRP0_Data != 0xFF)
+ {
+ OB->WRP0 = WRP0_Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+ }
+ if((status == FLASH_COMPLETE) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFF))
+ {
+ OB->WRP1 = WRP1_Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+ }
+ if((status == FLASH_COMPLETE) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFF))
+ {
+ OB->WRP2 = WRP2_Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+ }
+
+ if((status == FLASH_COMPLETE)&& (WRP3_Data != 0xFF))
+ {
+ OB->WRP3 = WRP3_Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+ }
+
+ if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Return the write protection operation Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the read out protection.
+ * @note If the user has already programmed the other option bytes before calling
+ * this function, he must re-program them since this function erases all option bytes.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * @param Newstate: new state of the ReadOut Protection.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_ReadOutProtection(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* Authorizes the small information block programming */
+ FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
+ FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTER_Set;
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_STRT_Set;
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTER_Reset;
+ /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set;
+ if(NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ OB->RDP = 0x00;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ OB->RDP = RDP_Key;
+ }
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
+
+ if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Disable the OPTER Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTER_Reset;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Return the protection operation Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Programs the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * @param OB_IWDG: Selects the IWDG mode
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OB_IWDG_SW: Software IWDG selected
+ * @arg OB_IWDG_HW: Hardware IWDG selected
+ * @param OB_STOP: Reset event when entering STOP mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OB_STOP_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STOP
+ * @arg OB_STOP_RST: Reset generated when entering in STOP
+ * @param OB_STDBY: Reset event when entering Standby mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OB_STDBY_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STANDBY
+ * @arg OB_STDBY_RST: Reset generated when entering in STANDBY
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_UserOptionByteConfig(uint16_t OB_IWDG, uint16_t OB_STOP, uint16_t OB_STDBY)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(OB_IWDG));
+ assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(OB_STOP));
+ assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(OB_STDBY));
+
+ /* Authorize the small information block programming */
+ FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
+ FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set;
+
+ OB->USER = OB_IWDG | (uint16_t)(OB_STOP | (uint16_t)(OB_STDBY | ((uint16_t)0xF8)));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+ if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Return the Option Byte program Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+/**
+ * @brief Configures to boot from Bank1 or Bank2.
+ * @note This function can be used only for STM32F10x_XL density devices.
+ * @param FLASH_BOOT: select the FLASH Bank to boot from.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg FLASH_BOOT_Bank1: At startup, if boot pins are set in boot from user Flash
+ * position and this parameter is selected the device will boot from Bank1(Default).
+ * @arg FLASH_BOOT_Bank2: At startup, if boot pins are set in boot from user Flash
+ * position and this parameter is selected the device will boot from Bank2 or Bank1,
+ * depending on the activation of the bank. The active banks are checked in
+ * the following order: Bank2, followed by Bank1.
+ * The active bank is recognized by the value programmed at the base address
+ * of the respective bank (corresponding to the initial stack pointer value
+ * in the interrupt vector table).
+ * For more information, please refer to AN2606 from www.st.com.
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_BootConfig(uint16_t FLASH_BOOT)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_BOOT(FLASH_BOOT));
+ /* Authorize the small information block programming */
+ FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
+ FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+ if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */
+ FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set;
+
+ if(FLASH_BOOT == FLASH_BOOT_Bank1)
+ {
+ OB->USER |= OB_USER_BFB2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ OB->USER &= (uint16_t)(~(uint16_t)(OB_USER_BFB2));
+ }
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+ if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+ FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Return the Option Byte program Status */
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the FLASH User Option Bytes values.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes values:IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1)
+ * and RST_STDBY(Bit2).
+ */
+uint32_t FLASH_GetUserOptionByte(void)
+{
+ /* Return the User Option Byte */
+ return (uint32_t)(FLASH->OBR >> 2);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes Register value.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes Register value
+ */
+uint32_t FLASH_GetWriteProtectionOptionByte(void)
+{
+ /* Return the Flash write protection Register value */
+ return (uint32_t)(FLASH->WRPR);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the FLASH Read Out Protection Status is set or not.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval FLASH ReadOut Protection Status(SET or RESET)
+ */
+FlagStatus FLASH_GetReadOutProtectionStatus(void)
+{
+ FlagStatus readoutstatus = RESET;
+ if ((FLASH->OBR & RDPRT_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ readoutstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ readoutstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return readoutstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the FLASH Prefetch Buffer status is set or not.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval FLASH Prefetch Buffer Status (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus FLASH_GetPrefetchBufferStatus(void)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+
+ if ((FLASH->ACR & ACR_PRFTBS_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the new state of FLASH Prefetch Buffer Status (SET or RESET) */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified FLASH interrupts.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * - For STM32F10X_XL devices, enables or disables the specified FLASH interrupts
+ for Bank1 and Bank2.
+ * - For other devices it enables or disables the specified FLASH interrupts for Bank1.
+ * @param FLASH_IT: specifies the FLASH interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg FLASH_IT_ERROR: FLASH Error Interrupt
+ * @arg FLASH_IT_EOP: FLASH end of operation Interrupt
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified Flash interrupts.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_IT(FLASH_IT));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if((FLASH_IT & 0x80000000) != 0x0)
+ {
+ if(NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the interrupt sources */
+ FLASH->CR2 |= (FLASH_IT & 0x7FFFFFFF);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the interrupt sources */
+ FLASH->CR2 &= ~(uint32_t)(FLASH_IT & 0x7FFFFFFF);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if(NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the interrupt sources */
+ FLASH->CR |= FLASH_IT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the interrupt sources */
+ FLASH->CR &= ~(uint32_t)FLASH_IT;
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_IT(FLASH_IT));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if(NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the interrupt sources */
+ FLASH->CR |= FLASH_IT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the interrupt sources */
+ FLASH->CR &= ~(uint32_t)FLASH_IT;
+ }
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified FLASH flag is set or not.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * - For STM32F10X_XL devices, this function checks whether the specified
+ * Bank1 or Bank2 flag is set or not.
+ * - For other devices, it checks whether the specified Bank1 flag is
+ * set or not.
+ * @param FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_BSY: FLASH Busy flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGERR: FLASH Program error flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR: FLASH Write protected error flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR: FLASH Option Byte error flag
+ * @retval The new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)) ;
+ if(FLASH_FLAG == FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR)
+ {
+ if((FLASH->OBR & FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if((FLASH_FLAG & 0x80000000) != 0x0)
+ {
+ if((FLASH->SR2 & FLASH_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)) ;
+ if(FLASH_FLAG == FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR)
+ {
+ if((FLASH->OBR & FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+
+ /* Return the new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET) */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the FLASH's pending flags.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+ * - For STM32F10X_XL devices, this function clears Bank1 or Bank2’s pending flags
+ * - For other devices, it clears Bank1’s pending flags.
+ * @param FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flags to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGERR: FLASH Program error flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR: FLASH Write protected error flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG)
+{
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)) ;
+
+ if((FLASH_FLAG & 0x80000000) != 0x0)
+ {
+ /* Clear the flags */
+ FLASH->SR2 = FLASH_FLAG;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear the flags */
+ FLASH->SR = FLASH_FLAG;
+ }
+
+#else
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)) ;
+
+ /* Clear the flags */
+ FLASH->SR = FLASH_FLAG;
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the FLASH Status.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices, it is equivalent
+ * to FLASH_GetBank1Status function.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_WRP or FLASH_COMPLETE
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void)
+{
+ FLASH_Status flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BSY) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY)
+ {
+ flashstatus = FLASH_BUSY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_PGERR) != 0)
+ {
+ flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PG;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR) != 0 )
+ {
+ flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Return the Flash Status */
+ return flashstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the FLASH Bank1 Status.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices, it is equivalent
+ * to FLASH_GetStatus function.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_WRP or FLASH_COMPLETE
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_GetBank1Status(void)
+{
+ FLASH_Status flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_BSY) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY)
+ {
+ flashstatus = FLASH_BUSY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_PGERR) != 0)
+ {
+ flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PG;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_WRPRTERR) != 0 )
+ {
+ flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Return the Flash Status */
+ return flashstatus;
+}
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the FLASH Bank2 Status.
+ * @note This function can be used for STM32F10x_XL density devices.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_WRP or FLASH_COMPLETE
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_GetBank2Status(void)
+{
+ FLASH_Status flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ if((FLASH->SR2 & (FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_BSY & 0x7FFFFFFF)) == (FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_BSY & 0x7FFFFFFF))
+ {
+ flashstatus = FLASH_BUSY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if((FLASH->SR2 & (FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_PGERR & 0x7FFFFFFF)) != 0)
+ {
+ flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PG;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if((FLASH->SR2 & (FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_WRPRTERR & 0x7FFFFFFF)) != 0 )
+ {
+ flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Return the Flash Status */
+ return flashstatus;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+/**
+ * @brief Waits for a Flash operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices,
+ * it is equivalent to FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation.
+ * - For STM32F10X_XL devices this function waits for a Bank1 Flash operation
+ * to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur.
+ * - For all other devices it waits for a Flash operation to complete
+ * or a TIMEOUT to occur.
+ * @param Timeout: FLASH programming Timeout
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ /* Check for the Flash Status */
+ status = FLASH_GetBank1Status();
+ /* Wait for a Flash operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur */
+ while((status == FLASH_BUSY) && (Timeout != 0x00))
+ {
+ status = FLASH_GetBank1Status();
+ Timeout--;
+ }
+ if(Timeout == 0x00 )
+ {
+ status = FLASH_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ /* Return the operation status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Waits for a Flash operation on Bank1 to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur.
+ * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices,
+ * it is equivalent to FLASH_WaitForLastOperation.
+ * @param Timeout: FLASH programming Timeout
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ /* Check for the Flash Status */
+ status = FLASH_GetBank1Status();
+ /* Wait for a Flash operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur */
+ while((status == FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_BSY) && (Timeout != 0x00))
+ {
+ status = FLASH_GetBank1Status();
+ Timeout--;
+ }
+ if(Timeout == 0x00 )
+ {
+ status = FLASH_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ /* Return the operation status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+/**
+ * @brief Waits for a Flash operation on Bank2 to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur.
+ * @note This function can be used only for STM32F10x_XL density devices.
+ * @param Timeout: FLASH programming Timeout
+ * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+ * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+ */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+ /* Check for the Flash Status */
+ status = FLASH_GetBank2Status();
+ /* Wait for a Flash operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur */
+ while((status == (FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_BSY & 0x7FFFFFFF)) && (Timeout != 0x00))
+ {
+ status = FLASH_GetBank2Status();
+ Timeout--;
+ }
+ if(Timeout == 0x00 )
+ {
+ status = FLASH_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ /* Return the operation status */
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_fsmc.c b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_fsmc.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c75137ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_fsmc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,866 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f10x_fsmc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V3.5.0
+ * @date 11-March-2011
+ * @brief This file provides all the FSMC firmware functions.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+ * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+ * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+ * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+ * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+ *
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_i2c.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
+
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C
+ * @brief I2C driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Private_TypesDefinitions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Defines
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* I2C SPE mask */
+#define CR1_PE_Set ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define CR1_PE_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFFE)
+
+/* I2C START mask */
+#define CR1_START_Set ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define CR1_START_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFEFF)
+
+/* I2C STOP mask */
+#define CR1_STOP_Set ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define CR1_STOP_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFDFF)
+
+/* I2C ACK mask */
+#define CR1_ACK_Set ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define CR1_ACK_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFBFF)
+
+/* I2C ENGC mask */
+#define CR1_ENGC_Set ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define CR1_ENGC_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFBF)
+
+/* I2C SWRST mask */
+#define CR1_SWRST_Set ((uint16_t)0x8000)
+#define CR1_SWRST_Reset ((uint16_t)0x7FFF)
+
+/* I2C PEC mask */
+#define CR1_PEC_Set ((uint16_t)0x1000)
+#define CR1_PEC_Reset ((uint16_t)0xEFFF)
+
+/* I2C ENPEC mask */
+#define CR1_ENPEC_Set ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define CR1_ENPEC_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFDF)
+
+/* I2C ENARP mask */
+#define CR1_ENARP_Set ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define CR1_ENARP_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFEF)
+
+/* I2C NOSTRETCH mask */
+#define CR1_NOSTRETCH_Set ((uint16_t)0x0080)
+#define CR1_NOSTRETCH_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFF7F)
+
+/* I2C registers Masks */
+#define CR1_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0xFBF5)
+
+/* I2C DMAEN mask */
+#define CR2_DMAEN_Set ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define CR2_DMAEN_Reset ((uint16_t)0xF7FF)
+
+/* I2C LAST mask */
+#define CR2_LAST_Set ((uint16_t)0x1000)
+#define CR2_LAST_Reset ((uint16_t)0xEFFF)
+
+/* I2C FREQ mask */
+#define CR2_FREQ_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFC0)
+
+/* I2C ADD0 mask */
+#define OAR1_ADD0_Set ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define OAR1_ADD0_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFFE)
+
+/* I2C ENDUAL mask */
+#define OAR2_ENDUAL_Set ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define OAR2_ENDUAL_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFFE)
+
+/* I2C ADD2 mask */
+#define OAR2_ADD2_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFF01)
+
+/* I2C F/S mask */
+#define CCR_FS_Set ((uint16_t)0x8000)
+
+/* I2C CCR mask */
+#define CCR_CCR_Set ((uint16_t)0x0FFF)
+
+/* I2C FLAG mask */
+#define FLAG_Mask ((uint32_t)0x00FFFFFF)
+
+/* I2C Interrupt Enable mask */
+#define ITEN_Mask ((uint32_t)0x07000000)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the I2Cx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+
+ if (I2Cx == I2C1)
+ {
+ /* Enable I2C1 reset state */
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, ENABLE);
+ /* Release I2C1 from reset state */
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Enable I2C2 reset state */
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2, ENABLE);
+ /* Release I2C2 from reset state */
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2, DISABLE);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the I2Cx peripheral according to the specified
+ * parameters in the I2C_InitStruct.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_InitStruct: pointer to a I2C_InitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the specified I2C peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpreg = 0, freqrange = 0;
+ uint16_t result = 0x04;
+ uint32_t pclk1 = 8000000;
+ RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clocks;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ACK_STATE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress));
+
+/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------*/
+ /* Get the I2Cx CR2 value */
+ tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2;
+ /* Clear frequency FREQ[5:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= CR2_FREQ_Reset;
+ /* Get pclk1 frequency value */
+ RCC_GetClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks);
+ pclk1 = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+ /* Set frequency bits depending on pclk1 value */
+ freqrange = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / 1000000);
+ tmpreg |= freqrange;
+ /* Write to I2Cx CR2 */
+ I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg;
+
+/*---------------------------- I2Cx CCR Configuration ------------------------*/
+ /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral to configure TRISE */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_PE_Reset;
+ /* Reset tmpreg value */
+ /* Clear F/S, DUTY and CCR[11:0] bits */
+ tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Configure speed in standard mode */
+ if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 100000)
+ {
+ /* Standard mode speed calculate */
+ result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed << 1));
+ /* Test if CCR value is under 0x4*/
+ if (result < 0x04)
+ {
+ /* Set minimum allowed value */
+ result = 0x04;
+ }
+ /* Set speed value for standard mode */
+ tmpreg |= result;
+ /* Set Maximum Rise Time for standard mode */
+ I2Cx->TRISE = freqrange + 1;
+ }
+ /* Configure speed in fast mode */
+ else /*(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 400000)*/
+ {
+ if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_2)
+ {
+ /* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 2 */
+ result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 3));
+ }
+ else /*I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_16_9*/
+ {
+ /* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */
+ result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 25));
+ /* Set DUTY bit */
+ result |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9;
+ }
+
+ /* Test if CCR value is under 0x1*/
+ if ((result & CCR_CCR_Set) == 0)
+ {
+ /* Set minimum allowed value */
+ result |= (uint16_t)0x0001;
+ }
+ /* Set speed value and set F/S bit for fast mode */
+ tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(result | CCR_FS_Set);
+ /* Set Maximum Rise Time for fast mode */
+ I2Cx->TRISE = (uint16_t)(((freqrange * (uint16_t)300) / (uint16_t)1000) + (uint16_t)1);
+ }
+
+ /* Write to I2Cx CCR */
+ I2Cx->CCR = tmpreg;
+ /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_PE_Set;
+
+/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/
+ /* Get the I2Cx CR1 value */
+ tmpreg = I2Cx->CR1;
+ /* Clear ACK, SMBTYPE and SMBUS bits */
+ tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_Mask;
+ /* Configure I2Cx: mode and acknowledgement */
+ /* Set SMBTYPE and SMBUS bits according to I2C_Mode value */
+ /* Set ACK bit according to I2C_Ack value */
+ tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint32_t)I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack);
+ /* Write to I2Cx CR1 */
+ I2Cx->CR1 = tmpreg;
+
+/*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Set I2Cx Own Address1 and acknowledged address */
+ I2Cx->OAR1 = (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each I2C_InitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param I2C_InitStruct: pointer to an I2C_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct)
+{
+/*---------------- Reset I2C init structure parameters values ----------------*/
+ /* initialize the I2C_ClockSpeed member */
+ I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed = 5000;
+ /* Initialize the I2C_Mode member */
+ I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode = I2C_Mode_I2C;
+ /* Initialize the I2C_DutyCycle member */
+ I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle = I2C_DutyCycle_2;
+ /* Initialize the I2C_OwnAddress1 member */
+ I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1 = 0;
+ /* Initialize the I2C_Ack member */
+ I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack = I2C_Ack_Disable;
+ /* Initialize the I2C_AcknowledgedAddress member */
+ I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress = I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_PE_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_PE_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C DMA requests.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2C DMA transfer.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected I2C DMA requests */
+ I2Cx->CR2 |= CR2_DMAEN_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected I2C DMA requests */
+ I2Cx->CR2 &= CR2_DMAEN_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Specifies if the next DMA transfer will be the last one.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2C DMA last transfer.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_DMALastTransferCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Next DMA transfer is the last transfer */
+ I2Cx->CR2 |= CR2_LAST_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Next DMA transfer is not the last transfer */
+ I2Cx->CR2 &= CR2_LAST_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Generates I2Cx communication START condition.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2C START condition generation.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Generate a START condition */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_START_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the START condition generation */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_START_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Generates I2Cx communication STOP condition.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2C STOP condition generation.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Generate a STOP condition */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_STOP_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the STOP condition generation */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_STOP_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C acknowledge feature.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2C Acknowledgement.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the acknowledgement */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_ACK_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the acknowledgement */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_ACK_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the specified I2C own address2.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param Address: specifies the 7bit I2C own address2.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg = I2Cx->OAR2;
+
+ /* Reset I2Cx Own address2 bit [7:1] */
+ tmpreg &= OAR2_ADD2_Reset;
+
+ /* Set I2Cx Own address2 */
+ tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)Address & (uint16_t)0x00FE);
+
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ I2Cx->OAR2 = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C dual addressing mode.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2C dual addressing mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable dual addressing mode */
+ I2Cx->OAR2 |= OAR2_ENDUAL_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable dual addressing mode */
+ I2Cx->OAR2 &= OAR2_ENDUAL_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C general call feature.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2C General call.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable generall call */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_ENGC_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable generall call */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_ENGC_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C interrupts.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_IT: specifies the I2C interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_IT_BUF: Buffer interrupt mask
+ * @arg I2C_IT_EVT: Event interrupt mask
+ * @arg I2C_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified I2C interrupts.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(I2C_IT));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected I2C interrupts */
+ I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_IT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected I2C interrupts */
+ I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~I2C_IT;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sends a data byte through the I2Cx peripheral.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param Data: Byte to be transmitted..
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */
+ I2Cx->DR = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the I2Cx peripheral.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @retval The value of the received data.
+ */
+uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ /* Return the data in the DR register */
+ return (uint8_t)I2Cx->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmits the address byte to select the slave device.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param Address: specifies the slave address which will be transmitted
+ * @param I2C_Direction: specifies whether the I2C device will be a
+ * Transmitter or a Receiver. This parameter can be one of the following values
+ * @arg I2C_Direction_Transmitter: Transmitter mode
+ * @arg I2C_Direction_Receiver: Receiver mode
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void I2C_Send7bitAddress(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address, uint8_t I2C_Direction)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_DIRECTION(I2C_Direction));
+ /* Test on the direction to set/reset the read/write bit */
+ if (I2C_Direction != I2C_Direction_Transmitter)
+ {
+ /* Set the address bit0 for read */
+ Address |= OAR1_ADD0_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the address bit0 for write */
+ Address &= OAR1_ADD0_Reset;
+ }
+ /* Send the address */
+ I2Cx->DR = Address;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reads the specified I2C register and returns its value.
+ * @param I2C_Register: specifies the register to read.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_Register_CR1: CR1 register.
+ * @arg I2C_Register_CR2: CR2 register.
+ * @arg I2C_Register_OAR1: OAR1 register.
+ * @arg I2C_Register_OAR2: OAR2 register.
+ * @arg I2C_Register_DR: DR register.
+ * @arg I2C_Register_SR1: SR1 register.
+ * @arg I2C_Register_SR2: SR2 register.
+ * @arg I2C_Register_CCR: CCR register.
+ * @arg I2C_Register_TRISE: TRISE register.
+ * @retval The value of the read register.
+ */
+uint16_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_REGISTER(I2C_Register));
+
+ tmp = (uint32_t) I2Cx;
+ tmp += I2C_Register;
+
+ /* Return the selected register value */
+ return (*(__IO uint16_t *) tmp);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C software reset.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2C software reset.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Peripheral under reset */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_SWRST_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Peripheral not under reset */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_SWRST_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the specified I2C NACK position in master receiver mode.
+ * This function is useful in I2C Master Receiver mode when the number
+ * of data to be received is equal to 2. In this case, this function
+ * should be called (with parameter I2C_NACKPosition_Next) before data
+ * reception starts,as described in the 2-byte reception procedure
+ * recommended in Reference Manual in Section: Master receiver.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_NACKPosition: specifies the NACK position.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_NACKPosition_Next: indicates that the next byte will be the last
+ * received byte.
+ * @arg I2C_NACKPosition_Current: indicates that current byte is the last
+ * received byte.
+ *
+ * @note This function configures the same bit (POS) as I2C_PECPositionConfig()
+ * but is intended to be used in I2C mode while I2C_PECPositionConfig()
+ * is intended to used in SMBUS mode.
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_NACKPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_NACKPosition)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_NACK_POSITION(I2C_NACKPosition));
+
+ /* Check the input parameter */
+ if (I2C_NACKPosition == I2C_NACKPosition_Next)
+ {
+ /* Next byte in shift register is the last received byte */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_NACKPosition_Next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Current byte in shift register is the last received byte */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_NACKPosition_Current;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Drives the SMBusAlert pin high or low for the specified I2C.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_SMBusAlert: specifies SMBAlert pin level.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_SMBusAlert_Low: SMBAlert pin driven low
+ * @arg I2C_SMBusAlert_High: SMBAlert pin driven high
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_SMBusAlertConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_SMBusAlert)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_SMBUS_ALERT(I2C_SMBusAlert));
+ if (I2C_SMBusAlert == I2C_SMBusAlert_Low)
+ {
+ /* Drive the SMBusAlert pin Low */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_SMBusAlert_Low;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Drive the SMBusAlert pin High */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_SMBusAlert_High;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C PEC transfer.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2C PEC transmission.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_TransmitPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected I2C PEC transmission */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_PEC_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected I2C PEC transmission */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_PEC_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the specified I2C PEC position.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_PECPosition: specifies the PEC position.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_PECPosition_Next: indicates that the next byte is PEC
+ * @arg I2C_PECPosition_Current: indicates that current byte is PEC
+ *
+ * @note This function configures the same bit (POS) as I2C_NACKPositionConfig()
+ * but is intended to be used in SMBUS mode while I2C_NACKPositionConfig()
+ * is intended to used in I2C mode.
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_PECPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_PECPosition)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_PEC_POSITION(I2C_PECPosition));
+ if (I2C_PECPosition == I2C_PECPosition_Next)
+ {
+ /* Next byte in shift register is PEC */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_PECPosition_Next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Current byte in shift register is PEC */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_PECPosition_Current;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the PEC value calculation of the transferred bytes.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx PEC value calculation.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected I2C PEC calculation */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_ENPEC_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected I2C PEC calculation */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_ENPEC_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the PEC value for the specified I2C.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @retval The PEC value.
+ */
+uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ /* Return the selected I2C PEC value */
+ return ((I2Cx->SR2) >> 8);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C ARP.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx ARP.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_ARPCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected I2C ARP */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_ENARP_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected I2C ARP */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_ENARP_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C Clock stretching.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx Clock stretching.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState == DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected I2C Clock stretching */
+ I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_NOSTRETCH_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected I2C Clock stretching */
+ I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_NOSTRETCH_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the specified I2C fast mode duty cycle.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_DutyCycle: specifies the fast mode duty cycle.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_DutyCycle_2: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2
+ * @arg I2C_DutyCycle_16_9: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_DutyCycle));
+ if (I2C_DutyCycle != I2C_DutyCycle_16_9)
+ {
+ /* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh=2 */
+ I2Cx->CCR &= I2C_DutyCycle_2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh=16/9 */
+ I2Cx->CCR |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9;
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief
+ ****************************************************************************************
+ *
+ * I2C State Monitoring Functions
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************************
+ * This I2C driver provides three different ways for I2C state monitoring
+ * depending on the application requirements and constraints:
+ *
+ *
+ * 1) Basic state monitoring:
+ * Using I2C_CheckEvent() function:
+ * It compares the status registers (SR1 and SR2) content to a given event
+ * (can be the combination of one or more flags).
+ * It returns SUCCESS if the current status includes the given flags
+ * and returns ERROR if one or more flags are missing in the current status.
+ * - When to use:
+ * - This function is suitable for most applications as well as for startup
+ * activity since the events are fully described in the product reference manual
+ * (RM0008).
+ * - It is also suitable for users who need to define their own events.
+ * - Limitations:
+ * - If an error occurs (ie. error flags are set besides to the monitored flags),
+ * the I2C_CheckEvent() function may return SUCCESS despite the communication
+ * hold or corrupted real state.
+ * In this case, it is advised to use error interrupts to monitor the error
+ * events and handle them in the interrupt IRQ handler.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * For error management, it is advised to use the following functions:
+ * - I2C_ITConfig() to configure and enable the error interrupts (I2C_IT_ERR).
+ * - I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() which is called when the error interrupt occurs.
+ * Where x is the peripheral instance (I2C1, I2C2 ...)
+ * - I2C_GetFlagStatus() or I2C_GetITStatus() to be called into I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler()
+ * in order to determine which error occured.
+ * - I2C_ClearFlag() or I2C_ClearITPendingBit() and/or I2C_SoftwareResetCmd()
+ * and/or I2C_GenerateStop() in order to clear the error flag and source,
+ * and return to correct communication status.
+ *
+ *
+ * 2) Advanced state monitoring:
+ * Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent() which returns the image of both status
+ * registers in a single word (uint32_t) (Status Register 2 value is shifted left
+ * by 16 bits and concatenated to Status Register 1).
+ * - When to use:
+ * - This function is suitable for the same applications above but it allows to
+ * overcome the mentioned limitation of I2C_GetFlagStatus() function.
+ * The returned value could be compared to events already defined in the
+ * library (stm32f10x_i2c.h) or to custom values defined by user.
+ * - This function is suitable when multiple flags are monitored at the same time.
+ * - At the opposite of I2C_CheckEvent() function, this function allows user to
+ * choose when an event is accepted (when all events flags are set and no
+ * other flags are set or just when the needed flags are set like
+ * I2C_CheckEvent() function).
+ * - Limitations:
+ * - User may need to define his own events.
+ * - Same remark concerning the error management is applicable for this
+ * function if user decides to check only regular communication flags (and
+ * ignores error flags).
+ *
+ *
+ * 3) Flag-based state monitoring:
+ * Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus() which simply returns the status of
+ * one single flag (ie. I2C_FLAG_RXNE ...).
+ * - When to use:
+ * - This function could be used for specific applications or in debug phase.
+ * - It is suitable when only one flag checking is needed (most I2C events
+ * are monitored through multiple flags).
+ * - Limitations:
+ * - When calling this function, the Status register is accessed. Some flags are
+ * cleared when the status register is accessed. So checking the status
+ * of one Flag, may clear other ones.
+ * - Function may need to be called twice or more in order to monitor one
+ * single event.
+ *
+ * For detailed description of Events, please refer to section I2C_Events in
+ * stm32f10x_i2c.h file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ *
+ * 1) Basic state monitoring
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the last I2Cx Event is equal to the one passed
+ * as parameter.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_EVENT: specifies the event to be checked.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED : EV2
+ * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF) : EV2
+ * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL) : EV2
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED : EV3
+ * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF) : EV3
+ * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL) : EV3
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE : EV3_2
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED : EV4
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT : EV5
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED : EV6
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED : EV6
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED : EV7
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING : EV8
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED : EV8_2
+ * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10 : EV9
+ *
+ * @note: For detailed description of Events, please refer to section
+ * I2C_Events in stm32f10x_i2c.h file.
+ *
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: Last event is equal to the I2C_EVENT
+ * - ERROR: Last event is different from the I2C_EVENT
+ */
+ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_EVENT)
+{
+ uint32_t lastevent = 0;
+ uint32_t flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0;
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_EVENT(I2C_EVENT));
+
+ /* Read the I2Cx status register */
+ flag1 = I2Cx->SR1;
+ flag2 = I2Cx->SR2;
+ flag2 = flag2 << 16;
+
+ /* Get the last event value from I2C status register */
+ lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_Mask;
+
+ /* Check whether the last event contains the I2C_EVENT */
+ if ((lastevent & I2C_EVENT) == I2C_EVENT)
+ {
+ /* SUCCESS: last event is equal to I2C_EVENT */
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* ERROR: last event is different from I2C_EVENT */
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Return status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ * 2) Advanced state monitoring
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the last I2Cx Event.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ *
+ * @note: For detailed description of Events, please refer to section
+ * I2C_Events in stm32f10x_i2c.h file.
+ *
+ * @retval The last event
+ */
+uint32_t I2C_GetLastEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx)
+{
+ uint32_t lastevent = 0;
+ uint32_t flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+
+ /* Read the I2Cx status register */
+ flag1 = I2Cx->SR1;
+ flag2 = I2Cx->SR2;
+ flag2 = flag2 << 16;
+
+ /* Get the last event value from I2C status register */
+ lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_Mask;
+
+ /* Return status */
+ return lastevent;
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ * 3) Flag-based state monitoring
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_DUALF: Dual flag (Slave mode)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST: SMBus host header (Slave mode)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT: SMBus default header (Slave mode)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_GENCALL: General call header flag (Slave mode)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_TRA: Transmitter/Receiver flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_MSL: Master/Slave flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) "ADSL"
+ * Address matched flag (Slave mode)"ENDA"
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode)
+ * @retval The new state of I2C_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ __IO uint32_t i2creg = 0, i2cxbase = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(I2C_FLAG));
+
+ /* Get the I2Cx peripheral base address */
+ i2cxbase = (uint32_t)I2Cx;
+
+ /* Read flag register index */
+ i2creg = I2C_FLAG >> 28;
+
+ /* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */
+ I2C_FLAG &= FLAG_Mask;
+
+ if(i2creg != 0)
+ {
+ /* Get the I2Cx SR1 register address */
+ i2cxbase += 0x14;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Flag in I2Cx SR2 Register */
+ I2C_FLAG = (uint32_t)(I2C_FLAG >> 16);
+ /* Get the I2Cx SR2 register address */
+ i2cxbase += 0x18;
+ }
+
+ if(((*(__IO uint32_t *)i2cxbase) & I2C_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ /* I2C_FLAG is set */
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* I2C_FLAG is reset */
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+
+ /* Return the I2C_FLAG status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the I2Cx's pending flags.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode)
+ * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag
+ *
+ * @note
+ * - STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation
+ * to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation
+ * to I2C_CR1 register (I2C_Cmd() to re-enable the I2C peripheral).
+ * - ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read
+ * operation to I2C_SR1 (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by writing the
+ * second byte of the address in DR register.
+ * - BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software sequence: a read
+ * operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a
+ * read/write to I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()).
+ * - ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to
+ * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a read operation to
+ * I2C_SR2 register ((void)(I2Cx->SR2)).
+ * - SB (Start Bit) is cleared software sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1
+ * register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation to I2C_DR
+ * register (I2C_SendData()).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG)
+{
+ uint32_t flagpos = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(I2C_FLAG));
+ /* Get the I2C flag position */
+ flagpos = I2C_FLAG & FLAG_Mask;
+ /* Clear the selected I2C flag */
+ I2Cx->SR1 = (uint16_t)~flagpos;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified I2C interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt source to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag
+ * @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag
+ * @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag
+ * @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode)
+ * @arg I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure flag
+ * @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode)
+ * @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error flag
+ * @arg I2C_IT_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter)
+ * @arg I2C_IT_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag
+ * @arg I2C_IT_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode)
+ * @arg I2C_IT_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode)
+ * @arg I2C_IT_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag
+ * @arg I2C_IT_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) "ADSL"
+ * Address matched flag (Slave mode)"ENDAD"
+ * @arg I2C_IT_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode)
+ * @retval The new state of I2C_IT (SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT)
+{
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ uint32_t enablestatus = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_IT(I2C_IT));
+
+ /* Check if the interrupt source is enabled or not */
+ enablestatus = (uint32_t)(((I2C_IT & ITEN_Mask) >> 16) & (I2Cx->CR2)) ;
+
+ /* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */
+ I2C_IT &= FLAG_Mask;
+
+ /* Check the status of the specified I2C flag */
+ if (((I2Cx->SR1 & I2C_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus)
+ {
+ /* I2C_IT is set */
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* I2C_IT is reset */
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the I2C_IT status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the I2Cx’s interrupt pending bits.
+ * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert interrupt
+ * @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error interrupt
+ * @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception interrupt
+ * @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun interrupt (Slave mode)
+ * @arg I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure interrupt
+ * @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost interrupt (Master mode)
+ * @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error interrupt
+ *
+ * @note
+ * - STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation
+ * to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to
+ * I2C_CR1 register (I2C_Cmd() to re-enable the I2C peripheral).
+ * - ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read
+ * operation to I2C_SR1 (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by writing the second
+ * byte of the address in I2C_DR register.
+ * - BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software sequence: a read
+ * operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a
+ * read/write to I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()).
+ * - ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to
+ * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to
+ * I2C_SR2 register ((void)(I2Cx->SR2)).
+ * - SB (Start Bit) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to
+ * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to
+ * I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT)
+{
+ uint32_t flagpos = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(I2C_IT));
+ /* Get the I2C flag position */
+ flagpos = I2C_IT & FLAG_Mask;
+ /* Clear the selected I2C flag */
+ I2Cx->SR1 = (uint16_t)~flagpos;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_iwdg.c b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_iwdg.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9d3b0e85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_iwdg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f10x_iwdg.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V3.5.0
+ * @date 11-March-2011
+ * @brief This file provides all the IWDG firmware functions.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+ * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+ * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+ * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+ * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+ *
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_tim.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM
+ * @brief TIM driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_TypesDefinitions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Defines
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* ---------------------- TIM registers bit mask ------------------------ */
+#define SMCR_ETR_Mask ((uint16_t)0x00FF)
+#define CCMR_Offset ((uint16_t)0x0018)
+#define CCER_CCE_Set ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define CCER_CCNE_Set ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the TIMx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ if (TIMx == TIM1)
+ {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM2)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM3)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM4)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM5)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM6)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM7)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM8)
+ {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM9)
+ {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM10)
+ {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM11)
+ {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM12)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM13)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM14)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM15)
+ {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM16)
+ {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (TIMx == TIM17)
+ {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17, DISABLE);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIMx Time Base Unit peripheral according to
+ * the specified parameters in the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef
+ * structure that contains the configuration information for the
+ * specified TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision));
+
+ tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1;
+
+ if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)|| (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3)||
+ (TIMx == TIM4) || (TIMx == TIM5))
+ {
+ /* Select the Counter Mode */
+ tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS)));
+ tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode;
+ }
+
+ if((TIMx != TIM6) && (TIMx != TIM7))
+ {
+ /* Set the clock division */
+ tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_CKD));
+ tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision;
+ }
+
+ TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1;
+
+ /* Set the Autoreload value */
+ TIMx->ARR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period ;
+
+ /* Set the Prescaler value */
+ TIMx->PSC = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler;
+
+ if ((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)|| (TIMx == TIM15)|| (TIMx == TIM16) || (TIMx == TIM17))
+ {
+ /* Set the Repetition Counter value */
+ TIMx->RCR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter;
+ }
+
+ /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler and the Repetition counter
+ values immediately */
+ TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel1 according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));
+ /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)(~(uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E);
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1M));
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC1S));
+
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1P));
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity;
+
+ /* Set the Output State */
+ tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState;
+
+ if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)|| (TIMx == TIM15)||
+ (TIMx == TIM16)|| (TIMx == TIM17))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState));
+
+ /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1NP));
+ /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity;
+
+ /* Reset the Output N State */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1NE));
+ /* Set the Output N State */
+ tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+ tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS1));
+ tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS1N));
+
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState;
+ /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState;
+ }
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR1 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel2 according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select
+ * the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));
+ /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2M));
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC2S));
+
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8);
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2P));
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 4);
+
+ /* Set the Output State */
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 4);
+
+ if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState));
+
+ /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2NP));
+ /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 4);
+
+ /* Reset the Output N State */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2NE));
+ /* Set the Output N State */
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 4);
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+ tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS2));
+ tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS2N));
+
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 2);
+ /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 2);
+ }
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR2 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel3 according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));
+ /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3M));
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_CC3S));
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3P));
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 8);
+
+ /* Set the Output State */
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 8);
+
+ if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState));
+
+ /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3NP));
+ /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 8);
+ /* Reset the Output N State */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3NE));
+
+ /* Set the Output N State */
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 8);
+ /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+ tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS3));
+ tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS3N));
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 4);
+ /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 4);
+ }
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR3 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel4 according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));
+ /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC4E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4M));
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_CC4S));
+
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8);
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4P));
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 12);
+
+ /* Set the Output State */
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 12);
+
+ if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState));
+ /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */
+ tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS4));
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 6);
+ }
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR4 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM peripheral according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_ICInitStruct.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter));
+
+ if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8) || (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3) ||
+ (TIMx == TIM4) ||(TIMx == TIM5))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY_LITE(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity));
+ }
+ if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ /* TI1 Configuration */
+ TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ }
+ else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_2)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ /* TI2 Configuration */
+ TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ }
+ else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ /* TI3 Configuration */
+ TI3_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ /* TI4 Configuration */
+ TI4_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIM peripheral according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_ICInitStruct to measure an external PWM signal.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct)
+{
+ uint16_t icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising;
+ uint16_t icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ /* Select the Opposite Input Polarity */
+ if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising)
+ {
+ icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Falling;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising;
+ }
+ /* Select the Opposite Input */
+ if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI)
+ {
+ icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI;
+ }
+ if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1)
+ {
+ /* TI1 Configuration */
+ TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ /* TI2 Configuration */
+ TI2_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* TI2 Configuration */
+ TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ /* TI1 Configuration */
+ TI1_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the: Break feature, dead time, Lock level, the OSSI,
+ * the OSSR State and the AOE(automatic output enable).
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM
+ * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the BDTR Register configuration information for the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_BDTRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput));
+ /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Ploarity, the OSSR State,
+ the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */
+ TIMx->BDTR = (uint32_t)TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState |
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime |
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity |
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef
+ * structure which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set the default configuration */
+ TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period = 0xFFFF;
+ TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler = 0x0000;
+ TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision = TIM_CKD_DIV1;
+ TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode = TIM_CounterMode_Up;
+ TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter = 0x0000;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each TIM_OCInitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure which will
+ * be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set the default configuration */
+ TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode = TIM_OCMode_Timing;
+ TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState = TIM_OutputState_Disable;
+ TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState = TIM_OutputNState_Disable;
+ TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse = 0x0000;
+ TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High;
+ TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High;
+ TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState = TIM_OCIdleState_Reset;
+ TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each TIM_ICInitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure which will
+ * be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set the default configuration */
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel = TIM_Channel_1;
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising;
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI;
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler = TIM_ICPSC_DIV1;
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter = 0x00;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each TIM_BDTRInitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef structure which
+ * will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_BDTRStructInit(TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef* TIM_BDTRInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set the default configuration */
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState = TIM_OSSRState_Disable;
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState = TIM_OSSIState_Disable;
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel = TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF;
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime = 0x00;
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break = TIM_Break_Disable;
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity = TIM_BreakPolarity_Low;
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput = TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIMx peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Counter */
+ TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_CEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Counter */
+ TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_CEN));
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIM peripheral Main Outputs.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIMx peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TIM peripheral Main Outputs.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Main Output */
+ TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_BDTR_MOE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Main Output */
+ TIMx->BDTR &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_BDTR_MOE));
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM interrupts.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIMx peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source
+ * @note
+ * - TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update interrupt.
+ * - TIM9, TIM12 and TIM15 can have only TIM_IT_Update, TIM_IT_CC1,
+ * TIM_IT_CC2 or TIM_IT_Trigger.
+ * - TIM10, TIM11, TIM13, TIM14, TIM16 and TIM17 can have TIM_IT_Update or TIM_IT_CC1.
+ * - TIM_IT_Break is used only with TIM1, TIM8 and TIM15.
+ * - TIM_IT_COM is used only with TIM1, TIM8, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TIM interrupts.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IT(TIM_IT));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Interrupt sources */
+ TIMx->DIER |= TIM_IT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Interrupt sources */
+ TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_IT;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx event to be generate by software.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_EventSource: specifies the event source.
+ * This parameter can be one or more of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_Update: Timer update Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_COM: Timer COM event source
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_Trigger: Timer Trigger Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_Break: Timer Break event source
+ * @note
+ * - TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event.
+ * - TIM_EventSource_COM and TIM_EventSource_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(TIM_EventSource));
+
+ /* Set the event sources */
+ TIMx->EGR = TIM_EventSource;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx's DMA interface.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select
+ * the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_DMABase: DMA Base address.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CR, TIM_DMABase_CR2, TIM_DMABase_SMCR,
+ * TIM_DMABase_DIER, TIM1_DMABase_SR, TIM_DMABase_EGR,
+ * TIM_DMABase_CCMR1, TIM_DMABase_CCMR2, TIM_DMABase_CCER,
+ * TIM_DMABase_CNT, TIM_DMABase_PSC, TIM_DMABase_ARR,
+ * TIM_DMABase_RCR, TIM_DMABase_CCR1, TIM_DMABase_CCR2,
+ * TIM_DMABase_CCR3, TIM_DMABase_CCR4, TIM_DMABase_BDTR,
+ * TIM_DMABase_DCR.
+ * @param TIM_DMABurstLength: DMA Burst length.
+ * This parameter can be one value between:
+ * TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer and TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(TIM_DMABase));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(TIM_DMABurstLength));
+ /* Set the DMA Base and the DMA Burst Length */
+ TIMx->DCR = TIM_DMABase | TIM_DMABurstLength;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx's DMA Requests.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 or 17
+ * to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_DMASource: specifies the DMA Request sources.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_Update: TIM update Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_Trigger: TIM Trigger DMA source
+ * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST9_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(TIM_DMASource));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the DMA sources */
+ TIMx->DIER |= TIM_DMASource;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the DMA sources */
+ TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_DMASource;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx internal Clock
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15
+ * to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */
+ TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_SMS));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Internal Trigger as External Clock
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ITRSource: Trigger source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @param TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0
+ * @param TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1
+ * @param TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2
+ * @param TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource));
+ /* Select the Internal Trigger */
+ TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_InputTriggerSource);
+ /* Select the External clock mode1 */
+ TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Trigger as External Clock
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource: Trigger source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED: TI1 Edge Detector
+ * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1: Filtered Timer Input 1
+ * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2: Filtered Timer Input 2
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity: specifies the TIx Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+ * @param ICFilter : specifies the filter value.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x0 and 0xF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TIXCLK_SOURCE(TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFilter));
+ /* Configure the Timer Input Clock Source */
+ if (TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource == TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2)
+ {
+ TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter);
+ }
+ /* Select the Trigger source */
+ TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource);
+ /* Select the External clock mode1 */
+ TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the External clock Mode1
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active.
+ * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity,
+ uint16_t ExtTRGFilter)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter));
+ /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
+ TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+ tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+ /* Reset the SMS Bits */
+ tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_SMS));
+ /* Select the External clock mode1 */
+ tmpsmcr |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1;
+ /* Select the Trigger selection : ETRF */
+ tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_TS));
+ tmpsmcr |= TIM_TS_ETRF;
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the External clock Mode2
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active.
+ * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
+ uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter));
+ /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
+ TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter);
+ /* Enable the External clock mode2 */
+ TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR).
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active.
+ * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity,
+ uint16_t ExtTRGFilter)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter));
+ tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+ /* Reset the ETR Bits */
+ tmpsmcr &= SMCR_ETR_Mask;
+ /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */
+ tmpsmcr |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (uint16_t)(ExtTRGFilter << (uint16_t)8)));
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Prescaler.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Prescaler: specifies the Prescaler Register value
+ * @param TIM_PSCReloadMode: specifies the TIM Prescaler Reload mode
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update: The Prescaler is loaded at the update event.
+ * @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate: The Prescaler is loaded immediately.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(TIM_PSCReloadMode));
+ /* Set the Prescaler value */
+ TIMx->PSC = Prescaler;
+ /* Set or reset the UG Bit */
+ TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Specifies the TIMx Counter Mode to be used.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_CounterMode: specifies the Counter Mode to be used
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CounterMode_Up: TIM Up Counting Mode
+ * @arg TIM_CounterMode_Down: TIM Down Counting Mode
+ * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1: TIM Center Aligned Mode1
+ * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2: TIM Center Aligned Mode2
+ * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3: TIM Center Aligned Mode3
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_CounterMode));
+ tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1;
+ /* Reset the CMS and DIR Bits */
+ tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS)));
+ /* Set the Counter Mode */
+ tmpcr1 |= TIM_CounterMode;
+ /* Write to TIMx CR1 register */
+ TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_InputTriggerSource: The Input Trigger source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3
+ * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector
+ * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1
+ * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource));
+ /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+ tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+ /* Reset the TS Bits */
+ tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_TS));
+ /* Set the Input Trigger source */
+ tmpsmcr |= TIM_InputTriggerSource;
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Encoder Interface.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_EncoderMode: specifies the TIMx Encoder Mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI1: Counter counts on TI1FP1 edge depending on TI2FP2 level.
+ * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI2: Counter counts on TI2FP2 edge depending on TI1FP1 level.
+ * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI12: Counter counts on both TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edges depending
+ * on the level of the other input.
+ * @param TIM_IC1Polarity: specifies the IC1 Polarity
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge.
+ * @param TIM_IC2Polarity: specifies the IC2 Polarity
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode,
+ uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+ uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(TIM_EncoderMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC1Polarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC2Polarity));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+ tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Set the encoder Mode */
+ tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_SMS));
+ tmpsmcr |= TIM_EncoderMode;
+
+ /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC1S)) & (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC2S)));
+ tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0 | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S_0;
+
+ /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1P)) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2P)));
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_IC1Polarity | (uint16_t)(TIM_IC2Polarity << (uint16_t)4));
+
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces the TIMx output 1 waveform to active or inactive level.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC1REF
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC1REF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ /* Reset the OC1M Bits */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1M);
+ /* Configure The Forced output Mode */
+ tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ForcedAction;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces the TIMx output 2 waveform to active or inactive level.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC2REF
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC2REF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ /* Reset the OC2M Bits */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2M);
+ /* Configure The Forced output Mode */
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces the TIMx output 3 waveform to active or inactive level.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC3REF
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC3REF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ /* Reset the OC1M Bits */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3M);
+ /* Configure The Forced output Mode */
+ tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ForcedAction;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces the TIMx output 4 waveform to active or inactive level.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC4REF
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC4REF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ /* Reset the OC2M Bits */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4M);
+ /* Configure The Forced output Mode */
+ tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables TIMx peripheral Preload register on ARR.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the ARR Preload Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_ARPE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the ARR Preload Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_ARPE);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIM peripheral Commutation event.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIMx peripheral
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Commutation event.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectCOM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the COM Bit */
+ TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCUS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the COM Bit */
+ TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_CCUS);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIMx peripheral Capture Compare DMA source.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select
+ * the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Capture Compare DMA source
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the CCDS Bit */
+ TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCDS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the CCDS Bit */
+ TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_CCDS);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets or Resets the TIM peripheral Capture Compare Preload Control bit.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 or 15
+ * to select the TIMx peripheral
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Capture Compare Preload Control bit
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_CCPreloadControl(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the CCPC Bit */
+ TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the CCPC Bit */
+ TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_CCPC);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR1.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ /* Reset the OC1PE Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
+ tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCPreload;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR2.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select
+ * the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ /* Reset the OC2PE Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR3.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ /* Reset the OC3PE Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
+ tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCPreload;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR4.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ /* Reset the OC4PE Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
+ tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 1 Fast feature.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast));
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ /* Reset the OC1FE Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCFast;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 2 Fast feature.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select
+ * the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast));
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ /* Reset the OC2FE Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCFast << 8);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 3 Fast feature.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast));
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ /* Reset the OC3FE Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCFast;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 4 Fast feature.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast));
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ /* Reset the OC4FE Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCFast << 8);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF1 signal on an external event
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
+
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Reset the OC1CE Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCClear;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF2 signal on an external event
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ /* Reset the OC2CE Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF3 signal on an external event
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ /* Reset the OC3CE Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCClear;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF4 signal on an external event
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ /* Reset the OC4CE Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE);
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 1 polarity.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC1 Polarity
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Set or Reset the CC1P Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1P);
+ tmpccer |= TIM_OCPolarity;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 1N polarity.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC1N Polarity
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+ * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity));
+
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Set or Reset the CC1NP Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1NP);
+ tmpccer |= TIM_OCNPolarity;
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 2 polarity.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC2 Polarity
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Set or Reset the CC2P Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2P);
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 4);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 2N polarity.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC2N Polarity
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+ * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity));
+
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Set or Reset the CC2NP Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCNPolarity << 4);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 3 polarity.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC3 Polarity
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Set or Reset the CC3P Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3P);
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 8);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 3N polarity.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC3N Polarity
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+ * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity));
+
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Set or Reset the CC3NP Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3NP);
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCNPolarity << 8);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 4 polarity.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC4 Polarity
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Set or Reset the CC4P Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4P);
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 12);
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4
+ * @param TIM_CCx: specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state.
+ * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_Enable or TIM_CCx_Disable.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx)
+{
+ uint16_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX(TIM_CCx));
+
+ tmp = CCER_CCE_Set << TIM_Channel;
+
+ /* Reset the CCxE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~ tmp;
+
+ /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER |= (uint16_t)(TIM_CCx << TIM_Channel);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3
+ * @param TIM_CCxN: specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state.
+ * This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_Enable or TIM_CCxN_Disable.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_CCxNCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCxN)
+{
+ uint16_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN(TIM_CCxN));
+
+ tmp = CCER_CCNE_Set << TIM_Channel;
+
+ /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t) ~tmp;
+
+ /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER |= (uint16_t)(TIM_CCxN << TIM_Channel);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIM Output Compare Mode.
+ * @note This function disables the selected channel before changing the Output
+ * Compare Mode.
+ * User has to enable this channel using TIM_CCxCmd and TIM_CCxNCmd functions.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4
+ * @param TIM_OCMode: specifies the TIM Output Compare Mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_Timing
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_Active
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_Toggle
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM1
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM2
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_OCMode)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0;
+ uint16_t tmp1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCM(TIM_OCMode));
+
+ tmp = (uint32_t) TIMx;
+ tmp += CCMR_Offset;
+
+ tmp1 = CCER_CCE_Set << (uint16_t)TIM_Channel;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel: Reset the CCxE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t) ~tmp1;
+
+ if((TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) ||(TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3))
+ {
+ tmp += (TIM_Channel>>1);
+
+ /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1M);
+
+ /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= TIM_OCMode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmp += (uint16_t)(TIM_Channel - (uint16_t)4)>> (uint16_t)1;
+
+ /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2M);
+
+ /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCMode << 8);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or Disables the TIMx Update event.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx UDIS bit
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the Update Disable Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_UDIS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the Update Disable Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_UDIS);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Update Request Interrupt source.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_UpdateSource: specifies the Update source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Regular: Source of update is the counter overflow/underflow
+ or the setting of UG bit, or an update generation
+ through the slave mode controller.
+ * @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Global: Source of update is counter overflow/underflow.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(TIM_UpdateSource));
+ if (TIM_UpdateSource != TIM_UpdateSource_Global)
+ {
+ /* Set the URS Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_URS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the URS Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_URS);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx's Hall sensor interface.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx Hall sensor interface.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the TI1S Bit */
+ TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the TI1S Bit */
+ TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_TI1S);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIMx's One Pulse Mode.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OPMode: specifies the OPM Mode to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OPMode_Single
+ * @arg TIM_OPMode_Repetitive
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(TIM_OPMode));
+ /* Reset the OPM Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_OPM);
+ /* Configure the OPM Mode */
+ TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_OPMode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIMx Trigger Output Mode.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_TRGOSource: specifies the Trigger Output source.
+ * This paramter can be one of the following values:
+ *
+ * - For all TIMx
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Reset: The UG bit in the TIM_EGR register is used as the trigger output (TRGO).
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Enable: The Counter Enable CEN is used as the trigger output (TRGO).
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Update: The update event is selected as the trigger output (TRGO).
+ *
+ * - For all TIMx except TIM6 and TIM7
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1: The trigger output sends a positive pulse when the CC1IF flag
+ * is to be set, as soon as a capture or compare match occurs (TRGO).
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref: OC1REF signal is used as the trigger output (TRGO).
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref: OC2REF signal is used as the trigger output (TRGO).
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref: OC3REF signal is used as the trigger output (TRGO).
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref: OC4REF signal is used as the trigger output (TRGO).
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST7_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(TIM_TRGOSource));
+ /* Reset the MMS Bits */
+ TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_MMS);
+ /* Select the TRGO source */
+ TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_TRGOSource;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIMx Slave Mode.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_SlaveMode: specifies the Timer Slave Mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Reset: Rising edge of the selected trigger signal (TRGI) re-initializes
+ * the counter and triggers an update of the registers.
+ * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Gated: The counter clock is enabled when the trigger signal (TRGI) is high.
+ * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger: The counter starts at a rising edge of the trigger TRGI.
+ * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_External1: Rising edges of the selected trigger (TRGI) clock the counter.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(TIM_SlaveMode));
+ /* Reset the SMS Bits */
+ TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_SMS);
+ /* Select the Slave Mode */
+ TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets or Resets the TIMx Master/Slave Mode.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_MasterSlaveMode: specifies the Timer Master Slave Mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable: synchronization between the current timer
+ * and its slaves (through TRGO).
+ * @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable: No action
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(TIM_MasterSlaveMode));
+ /* Reset the MSM Bit */
+ TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_MSM);
+
+ /* Set or Reset the MSM Bit */
+ TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_MasterSlaveMode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Counter Register value
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Counter: specifies the Counter register new value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Counter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ /* Set the Counter Register value */
+ TIMx->CNT = Counter;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Autoreload Register value
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Autoreload: specifies the Autoreload register new value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Autoreload)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ /* Set the Autoreload Register value */
+ TIMx->ARR = Autoreload;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare1 Register value
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Compare1: specifies the Capture Compare1 register new value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Compare1)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ /* Set the Capture Compare1 Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR1 = Compare1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare2 Register value
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Compare2: specifies the Capture Compare2 register new value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Compare2)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ /* Set the Capture Compare2 Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR2 = Compare2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare3 Register value
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Compare3: specifies the Capture Compare3 register new value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Compare3)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ /* Set the Capture Compare3 Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR3 = Compare3;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare4 Register value
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Compare4: specifies the Capture Compare4 register new value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Compare4)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ /* Set the Capture Compare4 Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR4 = Compare4;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 1 prescaler.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture1 prescaler new value.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC));
+ /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC);
+ /* Set the IC1PSC value */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 |= TIM_ICPSC;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 2 prescaler.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture2 prescaler new value.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC));
+ /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC);
+ /* Set the IC2PSC value */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 3 prescaler.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture3 prescaler new value.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC));
+ /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC);
+ /* Set the IC3PSC value */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 |= TIM_ICPSC;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 4 prescaler.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture4 prescaler new value.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC));
+ /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC);
+ /* Set the IC4PSC value */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Clock Division value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select
+ * the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_CKD: specifies the clock division value.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following value:
+ * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV1: TDTS = Tck_tim
+ * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV2: TDTS = 2*Tck_tim
+ * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV4: TDTS = 4*Tck_tim
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_CKD));
+ /* Reset the CKD Bits */
+ TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_CKD);
+ /* Set the CKD value */
+ TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CKD;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 1 value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval Capture Compare 1 Register value.
+ */
+uint16_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ /* Get the Capture 1 Register value */
+ return TIMx->CCR1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 2 value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval Capture Compare 2 Register value.
+ */
+uint16_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ /* Get the Capture 2 Register value */
+ return TIMx->CCR2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 3 value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval Capture Compare 3 Register value.
+ */
+uint16_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ /* Get the Capture 3 Register value */
+ return TIMx->CCR3;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 4 value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval Capture Compare 4 Register value.
+ */
+uint16_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ /* Get the Capture 4 Register value */
+ return TIMx->CCR4;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the TIMx Counter value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval Counter Register value.
+ */
+uint16_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ /* Get the Counter Register value */
+ return TIMx->CNT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the TIMx Prescaler value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval Prescaler Register value.
+ */
+uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ /* Get the Prescaler Register value */
+ return TIMx->PSC;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified TIM flag is set or not.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 overcapture Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 overcapture Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 overcapture Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 overcapture Flag
+ * @note
+ * - TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag.
+ * - TIM9, TIM12 and TIM15 can have only TIM_FLAG_Update, TIM_FLAG_CC1,
+ * TIM_FLAG_CC2 or TIM_FLAG_Trigger.
+ * - TIM10, TIM11, TIM13, TIM14, TIM16 and TIM17 can have TIM_FLAG_Update or TIM_FLAG_CC1.
+ * - TIM_FLAG_Break is used only with TIM1, TIM8 and TIM15.
+ * - TIM_FLAG_COM is used only with TIM1, TIM8, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17.
+ * @retval The new state of TIM_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG)
+{
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(TIM_FLAG));
+
+ if ((TIMx->SR & TIM_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the TIMx's pending flags.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 overcapture Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 overcapture Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 overcapture Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 overcapture Flag
+ * @note
+ * - TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag.
+ * - TIM9, TIM12 and TIM15 can have only TIM_FLAG_Update, TIM_FLAG_CC1,
+ * TIM_FLAG_CC2 or TIM_FLAG_Trigger.
+ * - TIM10, TIM11, TIM13, TIM14, TIM16 and TIM17 can have TIM_FLAG_Update or TIM_FLAG_CC1.
+ * - TIM_FLAG_Break is used only with TIM1, TIM8 and TIM15.
+ * - TIM_FLAG_COM is used only with TIM1, TIM8, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(TIM_FLAG));
+
+ /* Clear the flags */
+ TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_FLAG;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the TIM interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupt source to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source
+ * @note
+ * - TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt.
+ * - TIM9, TIM12 and TIM15 can have only TIM_IT_Update, TIM_IT_CC1,
+ * TIM_IT_CC2 or TIM_IT_Trigger.
+ * - TIM10, TIM11, TIM13, TIM14, TIM16 and TIM17 can have TIM_IT_Update or TIM_IT_CC1.
+ * - TIM_IT_Break is used only with TIM1, TIM8 and TIM15.
+ * - TIM_IT_COM is used only with TIM1, TIM8, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17.
+ * @retval The new state of the TIM_IT(SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT)
+{
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ uint16_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_IT(TIM_IT));
+
+ itstatus = TIMx->SR & TIM_IT;
+
+ itenable = TIMx->DIER & TIM_IT;
+ if ((itstatus != (uint16_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint16_t)RESET))
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the TIMx's interrupt pending bits.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_IT: specifies the pending bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM1 update Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source
+ * @note
+ * - TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt.
+ * - TIM9, TIM12 and TIM15 can have only TIM_IT_Update, TIM_IT_CC1,
+ * TIM_IT_CC2 or TIM_IT_Trigger.
+ * - TIM10, TIM11, TIM13, TIM14, TIM16 and TIM17 can have TIM_IT_Update or TIM_IT_CC1.
+ * - TIM_IT_Break is used only with TIM1, TIM8 and TIM15.
+ * - TIM_IT_COM is used only with TIM1, TIM8, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IT(TIM_IT));
+ /* Clear the IT pending Bit */
+ TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_IT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+ * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0;
+ /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E);
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Select the Input and set the filter */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC1S)) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_IC1F)));
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4));
+
+ if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8) || (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3) ||
+ (TIMx == TIM4) ||(TIMx == TIM5))
+ {
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC1P));
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP));
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E);
+ }
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+ * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0;
+ /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E);
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 4);
+ /* Select the Input and set the filter */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC2S)) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_IC2F)));
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12);
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8);
+
+ if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8) || (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3) ||
+ (TIMx == TIM4) ||(TIMx == TIM5))
+ {
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC2P));
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP));
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E);
+ }
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+ * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0;
+ /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E);
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 8);
+ /* Select the Input and set the filter */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_CC3S)) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_IC3F)));
+ tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4));
+
+ if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8) || (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3) ||
+ (TIMx == TIM4) ||(TIMx == TIM5))
+ {
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC3P));
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP));
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E);
+ }
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+ * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E);
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 12);
+ /* Select the Input and set the filter */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(~(uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_IC4F)));
+ tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8);
+ tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12);
+
+ if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8) || (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3) ||
+ (TIMx == TIM4) ||(TIMx == TIM5))
+ {
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC4P));
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP));
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E);
+ }
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_usart.c b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_usart.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a3f16f15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_usart.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1058 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f10x_usart.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V3.5.0
+ * @date 11-March-2011
+ * @brief This file provides all the USART firmware functions.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+ * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+ * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+ * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+ * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+ *
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_usart.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART
+ * @brief USART driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Private_TypesDefinitions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Private_Defines
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define CR1_UE_Set ((uint16_t)0x2000) /*!< USART Enable Mask */
+#define CR1_UE_Reset ((uint16_t)0xDFFF) /*!< USART Disable Mask */
+
+#define CR1_WAKE_Mask ((uint16_t)0xF7FF) /*!< USART WakeUp Method Mask */
+
+#define CR1_RWU_Set ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< USART mute mode Enable Mask */
+#define CR1_RWU_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFFD) /*!< USART mute mode Enable Mask */
+#define CR1_SBK_Set ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< USART Break Character send Mask */
+#define CR1_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0xE9F3) /*!< USART CR1 Mask */
+#define CR2_Address_Mask ((uint16_t)0xFFF0) /*!< USART address Mask */
+
+#define CR2_LINEN_Set ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< USART LIN Enable Mask */
+#define CR2_LINEN_Reset ((uint16_t)0xBFFF) /*!< USART LIN Disable Mask */
+
+#define CR2_LBDL_Mask ((uint16_t)0xFFDF) /*!< USART LIN Break detection Mask */
+#define CR2_STOP_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0xCFFF) /*!< USART CR2 STOP Bits Mask */
+#define CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0xF0FF) /*!< USART CR2 Clock Mask */
+
+#define CR3_SCEN_Set ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< USART SC Enable Mask */
+#define CR3_SCEN_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFDF) /*!< USART SC Disable Mask */
+
+#define CR3_NACK_Set ((uint16_t)0x0010) /*!< USART SC NACK Enable Mask */
+#define CR3_NACK_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFEF) /*!< USART SC NACK Disable Mask */
+
+#define CR3_HDSEL_Set ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< USART Half-Duplex Enable Mask */
+#define CR3_HDSEL_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFF7) /*!< USART Half-Duplex Disable Mask */
+
+#define CR3_IRLP_Mask ((uint16_t)0xFFFB) /*!< USART IrDA LowPower mode Mask */
+#define CR3_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0xFCFF) /*!< USART CR3 Mask */
+
+#define CR3_IREN_Set ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< USART IrDA Enable Mask */
+#define CR3_IREN_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFFD) /*!< USART IrDA Disable Mask */
+#define GTPR_LSB_Mask ((uint16_t)0x00FF) /*!< Guard Time Register LSB Mask */
+#define GTPR_MSB_Mask ((uint16_t)0xFF00) /*!< Guard Time Register MSB Mask */
+#define IT_Mask ((uint16_t)0x001F) /*!< USART Interrupt Mask */
+
+/* USART OverSampling-8 Mask */
+#define CR1_OVER8_Set ((u16)0x8000) /* USART OVER8 mode Enable Mask */
+#define CR1_OVER8_Reset ((u16)0x7FFF) /* USART OVER8 mode Disable Mask */
+
+/* USART One Bit Sampling Mask */
+#define CR3_ONEBITE_Set ((u16)0x0800) /* USART ONEBITE mode Enable Mask */
+#define CR3_ONEBITE_Reset ((u16)0xF7FF) /* USART ONEBITE mode Disable Mask */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Private_Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the USARTx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+
+ if (USARTx == USART1)
+ {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (USARTx == USART2)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (USARTx == USART3)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (USARTx == UART4)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (USARTx == UART5)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, DISABLE);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral according to the specified
+ * parameters in the USART_InitStruct .
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the configuration information for the specified USART
+ * peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00, apbclock = 0x00;
+ uint32_t integerdivider = 0x00;
+ uint32_t fractionaldivider = 0x00;
+ uint32_t usartxbase = 0;
+ RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_ClocksStatus;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl));
+ /* The hardware flow control is available only for USART1, USART2 and USART3 */
+ if (USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl != USART_HardwareFlowControl_None)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ }
+
+ usartxbase = (uint32_t)USARTx;
+
+/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ tmpreg = USARTx->CR2;
+ /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */
+ tmpreg &= CR2_STOP_CLEAR_Mask;
+ /* Configure the USART Stop Bits, Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit ------------*/
+ /* Set STOP[13:12] bits according to USART_StopBits value */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits;
+
+ /* Write to USART CR2 */
+ USARTx->CR2 = (uint16_t)tmpreg;
+
+/*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ tmpreg = USARTx->CR1;
+ /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */
+ tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_Mask;
+ /* Configure the USART Word Length, Parity and mode ----------------------- */
+ /* Set the M bits according to USART_WordLength value */
+ /* Set PCE and PS bits according to USART_Parity value */
+ /* Set TE and RE bits according to USART_Mode value */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength | USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity |
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode;
+ /* Write to USART CR1 */
+ USARTx->CR1 = (uint16_t)tmpreg;
+
+/*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ tmpreg = USARTx->CR3;
+ /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */
+ tmpreg &= CR3_CLEAR_Mask;
+ /* Configure the USART HFC -------------------------------------------------*/
+ /* Set CTSE and RTSE bits according to USART_HardwareFlowControl value */
+ tmpreg |= USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl;
+ /* Write to USART CR3 */
+ USARTx->CR3 = (uint16_t)tmpreg;
+
+/*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Configure the USART Baud Rate -------------------------------------------*/
+ RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_ClocksStatus);
+ if (usartxbase == USART1_BASE)
+ {
+ apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK2_Frequency;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK1_Frequency;
+ }
+
+ /* Determine the integer part */
+ if ((USARTx->CR1 & CR1_OVER8_Set) != 0)
+ {
+ /* Integer part computing in case Oversampling mode is 8 Samples */
+ integerdivider = ((25 * apbclock) / (2 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)));
+ }
+ else /* if ((USARTx->CR1 & CR1_OVER8_Set) == 0) */
+ {
+ /* Integer part computing in case Oversampling mode is 16 Samples */
+ integerdivider = ((25 * apbclock) / (4 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)));
+ }
+ tmpreg = (integerdivider / 100) << 4;
+
+ /* Determine the fractional part */
+ fractionaldivider = integerdivider - (100 * (tmpreg >> 4));
+
+ /* Implement the fractional part in the register */
+ if ((USARTx->CR1 & CR1_OVER8_Set) != 0)
+ {
+ tmpreg |= ((((fractionaldivider * 8) + 50) / 100)) & ((uint8_t)0x07);
+ }
+ else /* if ((USARTx->CR1 & CR1_OVER8_Set) == 0) */
+ {
+ tmpreg |= ((((fractionaldivider * 16) + 50) / 100)) & ((uint8_t)0x0F);
+ }
+
+ /* Write to USART BRR */
+ USARTx->BRR = (uint16_t)tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each USART_InitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure
+ * which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* USART_InitStruct members default value */
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate = 9600;
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength = USART_WordLength_8b;
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits = USART_StopBits_1;
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity = USART_Parity_No ;
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode = USART_Mode_Rx | USART_Mode_Tx;
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl = USART_HardwareFlowControl_None;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral Clock according to the
+ * specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct .
+ * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
+ * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef
+ * structure that contains the configuration information for the specified
+ * USART peripheral.
+ * @note The Smart Card and Synchronous modes are not available for UART4 and UART5.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_CLOCK(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_CPOL(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_CPHA(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_LASTBIT(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit));
+
+/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ tmpreg = USARTx->CR2;
+ /* Clear CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits */
+ tmpreg &= CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_Mask;
+ /* Configure the USART Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit ------------*/
+ /* Set CLKEN bit according to USART_Clock value */
+ /* Set CPOL bit according to USART_CPOL value */
+ /* Set CPHA bit according to USART_CPHA value */
+ /* Set LBCL bit according to USART_LastBit value */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL |
+ USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit;
+ /* Write to USART CR2 */
+ USARTx->CR2 = (uint16_t)tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each USART_ClockInitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef
+ * structure which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct)
+{
+ /* USART_ClockInitStruct members default value */
+ USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock = USART_Clock_Disable;
+ USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL = USART_CPOL_Low;
+ USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA = USART_CPHA_1Edge;
+ USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit = USART_LastBit_Disable;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART peripheral.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected USART by setting the UE bit in the CR1 register */
+ USARTx->CR1 |= CR1_UE_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected USART by clearing the UE bit in the CR1 register */
+ USARTx->CR1 &= CR1_UE_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART interrupts.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt (not available for UART4 and UART5)
+ * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_ERR: Error interrupt(Frame error, noise error, overrun error)
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified USARTx interrupts.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ uint32_t usartreg = 0x00, itpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00;
+ uint32_t usartxbase = 0x00;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(USART_IT));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */
+ if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ }
+
+ usartxbase = (uint32_t)USARTx;
+
+ /* Get the USART register index */
+ usartreg = (((uint8_t)USART_IT) >> 0x05);
+
+ /* Get the interrupt position */
+ itpos = USART_IT & IT_Mask;
+ itmask = (((uint32_t)0x01) << itpos);
+
+ if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */
+ {
+ usartxbase += 0x0C;
+ }
+ else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */
+ {
+ usartxbase += 0x10;
+ }
+ else /* The IT is in CR3 register */
+ {
+ usartxbase += 0x14;
+ }
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase |= itmask;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase &= ~itmask;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART’s DMA interface.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_DMAReq: specifies the DMA request.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_DMAReq_Tx: USART DMA transmit request
+ * @arg USART_DMAReq_Rx: USART DMA receive request
+ * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note The DMA mode is not available for UART5 except in the STM32
+ * High density value line devices(STM32F10X_HD_VL).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_DMAREQ(USART_DMAReq));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the DMA transfer for selected requests by setting the DMAT and/or
+ DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DMAReq;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the DMA transfer for selected requests by clearing the DMAT and/or
+ DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~USART_DMAReq;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the address of the USART node.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_Address: Indicates the address of the USART node.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ADDRESS(USART_Address));
+
+ /* Clear the USART address */
+ USARTx->CR2 &= CR2_Address_Mask;
+ /* Set the USART address node */
+ USARTx->CR2 |= USART_Address;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the USART WakeUp method.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_WakeUp: specifies the USART wakeup method.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_WakeUp_IdleLine: WakeUp by an idle line detection
+ * @arg USART_WakeUp_AddressMark: WakeUp by an address mark
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_WakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_WakeUp)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_WAKEUP(USART_WakeUp));
+
+ USARTx->CR1 &= CR1_WAKE_Mask;
+ USARTx->CR1 |= USART_WakeUp;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Determines if the USART is in mute mode or not.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USART mute mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the USART mute mode by setting the RWU bit in the CR1 register */
+ USARTx->CR1 |= CR1_RWU_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the USART mute mode by clearing the RWU bit in the CR1 register */
+ USARTx->CR1 &= CR1_RWU_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the USART LIN Break detection length.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_LINBreakDetectLength: specifies the LIN break detection length.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b: 10-bit break detection
+ * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b: 11-bit break detection
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(USART_LINBreakDetectLength));
+
+ USARTx->CR2 &= CR2_LBDL_Mask;
+ USARTx->CR2 |= USART_LINBreakDetectLength;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART’s LIN mode.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USART LIN mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */
+ USARTx->CR2 |= CR2_LINEN_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the LIN mode by clearing the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */
+ USARTx->CR2 &= CR2_LINEN_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmits single data through the USARTx peripheral.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param Data: the data to transmit.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_DATA(Data));
+
+ /* Transmit Data */
+ USARTx->DR = (Data & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the USARTx peripheral.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @retval The received data.
+ */
+uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+
+ /* Receive Data */
+ return (uint16_t)(USARTx->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmits break characters.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SendBreak(USART_TypeDef* USARTx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+
+ /* Send break characters */
+ USARTx->CR1 |= CR1_SBK_Set;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the specified USART guard time.
+ * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral.
+ * @param USART_GuardTime: specifies the guard time.
+ * @note The guard time bits are not available for UART4 and UART5.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+
+ /* Clear the USART Guard time */
+ USARTx->GTPR &= GTPR_LSB_Mask;
+ /* Set the USART guard time */
+ USARTx->GTPR |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)USART_GuardTime << 0x08);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the system clock prescaler.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_Prescaler: specifies the prescaler clock.
+ * @note The function is used for IrDA mode with UART4 and UART5.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+
+ /* Clear the USART prescaler */
+ USARTx->GTPR &= GTPR_MSB_Mask;
+ /* Set the USART prescaler */
+ USARTx->GTPR |= USART_Prescaler;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART’s Smart Card mode.
+ * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note The Smart Card mode is not available for UART4 and UART5.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the SC mode by setting the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= CR3_SCEN_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the SC mode by clearing the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_SCEN_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables NACK transmission.
+ * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the NACK transmission.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note The Smart Card mode is not available for UART4 and UART5.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the NACK transmission by setting the NACK bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= CR3_NACK_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the NACK transmission by clearing the NACK bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_NACK_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART’s Half Duplex communication.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USART Communication.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= CR3_HDSEL_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Half-Duplex mode by clearing the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_HDSEL_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's 8x oversampling mode.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USART one bit sampling method.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note
+ * This function has to be called before calling USART_Init()
+ * function in order to have correct baudrate Divider value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the 8x Oversampling mode by setting the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */
+ USARTx->CR1 |= CR1_OVER8_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the 8x Oversampling mode by clearing the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */
+ USARTx->CR1 &= CR1_OVER8_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's one bit sampling method.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USART one bit sampling method.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the one bit method by setting the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= CR3_ONEBITE_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable tthe one bit method by clearing the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_ONEBITE_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the USART's IrDA interface.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_IrDAMode: specifies the IrDA mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_IrDAMode_LowPower
+ * @arg USART_IrDAMode_Normal
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IrDAMode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(USART_IrDAMode));
+
+ USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_IRLP_Mask;
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_IrDAMode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's IrDA interface.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the IrDA mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the IrDA mode by setting the IREN bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= CR3_IREN_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the IrDA mode by clearing the IREN bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_IREN_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified USART flag is set or not.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag (not available for UART4 and UART5)
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register empty flag
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line detection flag
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error flag
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_PE: Parity Error flag
+ * @retval The new state of USART_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_FLAG(USART_FLAG));
+ /* The CTS flag is not available for UART4 and UART5 */
+ if (USART_FLAG == USART_FLAG_CTS)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ }
+
+ if ((USARTx->SR & USART_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the USARTx's pending flags.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag (not available for UART4 and UART5).
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * - PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error), ORE (OverRun
+ * error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) flags are cleared by software
+ * sequence: a read operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus())
+ * followed by a read operation to USART_DR register (USART_ReceiveData()).
+ * - RXNE flag can be also cleared by a read to the USART_DR register
+ * (USART_ReceiveData()).
+ * - TC flag can be also cleared by software sequence: a read operation to
+ * USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation
+ * to USART_DR register (USART_SendData()).
+ * - TXE flag is cleared only by a write to the USART_DR register
+ * (USART_SendData()).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(USART_FLAG));
+ /* The CTS flag is not available for UART4 and UART5 */
+ if ((USART_FLAG & USART_FLAG_CTS) == USART_FLAG_CTS)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ }
+
+ USARTx->SR = (uint16_t)~USART_FLAG;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified USART interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt source to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt (not available for UART4 and UART5)
+ * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Tansmit Data Register empty interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_ORE: OverRun Error interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
+ * @retval The new state of USART_IT (SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT)
+{
+ uint32_t bitpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00, usartreg = 0x00;
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_GET_IT(USART_IT));
+ /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */
+ if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ }
+
+ /* Get the USART register index */
+ usartreg = (((uint8_t)USART_IT) >> 0x05);
+ /* Get the interrupt position */
+ itmask = USART_IT & IT_Mask;
+ itmask = (uint32_t)0x01 << itmask;
+
+ if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */
+ {
+ itmask &= USARTx->CR1;
+ }
+ else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */
+ {
+ itmask &= USARTx->CR2;
+ }
+ else /* The IT is in CR3 register */
+ {
+ itmask &= USARTx->CR3;
+ }
+
+ bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x08;
+ bitpos = (uint32_t)0x01 << bitpos;
+ bitpos &= USARTx->SR;
+ if ((itmask != (uint16_t)RESET)&&(bitpos != (uint16_t)RESET))
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the USARTx's interrupt pending bits.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt (not available for UART4 and UART5)
+ * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt
+ * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * - PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error), ORE (OverRun
+ * error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) pending bits are cleared by
+ * software sequence: a read operation to USART_SR register
+ * (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to USART_DR register
+ * (USART_ReceiveData()).
+ * - RXNE pending bit can be also cleared by a read to the USART_DR register
+ * (USART_ReceiveData()).
+ * - TC pending bit can be also cleared by software sequence: a read
+ * operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by a write
+ * operation to USART_DR register (USART_SendData()).
+ * - TXE pending bit is cleared only by a write to the USART_DR register
+ * (USART_SendData()).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT)
+{
+ uint16_t bitpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(USART_IT));
+ /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */
+ if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ }
+
+ bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x08;
+ itmask = ((uint16_t)0x01 << (uint16_t)bitpos);
+ USARTx->SR = (uint16_t)~itmask;
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_wwdg.c b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_wwdg.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..77a7ce51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/lib/stdperiphlib/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_wwdg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f10x_wwdg.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V3.5.0
+ * @date 11-March-2011
+ * @brief This file provides all the WWDG firmware functions.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+ * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+ * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+ * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+ * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+ *
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_CONF_H
+#define __STM32F10x_CONF_H
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Uncomment/Comment the line below to enable/disable peripheral header file inclusion */
+#include "stm32f10x_adc.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_bkp.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_can.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_cec.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_crc.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_dac.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_dbgmcu.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_dma.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_exti.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_flash.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_fsmc.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_gpio.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_i2c.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_iwdg.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_pwr.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_rtc.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_sdio.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_spi.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_tim.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_usart.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_wwdg.h"
+#include "misc.h" /* High level functions for NVIC and SysTick (add-on to CMSIS functions) */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Uncomment the line below to expanse the "assert_param" macro in the
+ Standard Peripheral Library drivers code */
+/* #define USE_FULL_ASSERT 1 */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+
+/**
+ * @brief The assert_param macro is used for function's parameters check.
+ * @param expr: If expr is false, it calls assert_failed function which reports
+ * the name of the source file and the source line number of the call
+ * that failed. If expr is true, it returns no value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+ #define assert_param(expr) ((expr) ? (void)0 : assert_failed((uint8_t *)__FILE__, __LINE__))
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+ void assert_failed(uint8_t* file, uint32_t line);
+#else
+ #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+#endif /* __STM32F10x_CONF_H */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/main.c b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/main.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..025a2745
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/****************************************************************************************
+| Description: demo program application source file
+| File Name: main.c
+|
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| C O P Y R I G H T
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Copyright (c) 2011 by Feaser http://www.feaser.com All rights reserved
+|
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| L I C E N S E
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| This file is part of OpenBLT. OpenBLT is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
+| modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+| Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+| version.
+|
+| OpenBLT is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
+| without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+| PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+|
+| You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with OpenBLT.
+| If not, see .
+|
+| A special exception to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute a combined work
+| that includes OpenBLT without being obliged to provide the source code for any
+| proprietary components. The exception text is included at the bottom of the license
+| file .
+|
+****************************************************************************************/
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+* Include files
+****************************************************************************************/
+#include "header.h" /* generic header */
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+* Function prototypes
+****************************************************************************************/
+static void Init(void);
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: main
+** PARAMETER: none
+** RETURN VALUE: program return code
+** DESCRIPTION: This is the entry point for the bootloader application and is called
+** by the reset interrupt vector after the C-startup routines executed.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+int main(void)
+{
+ /* initialize the microcontroller */
+ Init();
+
+ /* start the infinite program loop */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ /* toggle LED with a fixed frequency */
+ LedToggle();
+ }
+
+ /* program should never get here */
+ return 0;
+} /*** end of main ***/
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: Init
+** PARAMETER: none
+** RETURN VALUE: none
+** DESCRIPTION: Initializes the microcontroller.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+static void Init(void)
+{
+ volatile unsigned long StartUpCounter = 0, HSEStatus = 0;
+ unsigned long pll_multiplier;
+
+ /* reset the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state (for debug purpose) */
+ /* set HSION bit */
+ RCC->CR |= (unsigned long)0x00000001;
+ /* reset SW, HPRE, PPRE1, PPRE2, ADCPRE and MCO bits */
+ RCC->CFGR &= (unsigned long)0xF8FF0000;
+ /* reset HSEON, CSSON and PLLON bits */
+ RCC->CR &= (unsigned long)0xFEF6FFFF;
+ /* reset HSEBYP bit */
+ RCC->CR &= (unsigned long)0xFFFBFFFF;
+ /* reset PLLSRC, PLLXTPRE, PLLMUL and USBPRE/OTGFSPRE bits */
+ RCC->CFGR &= (unsigned long)0xFF80FFFF;
+ /* disable all interrupts and clear pending bits */
+ RCC->CIR = 0x009F0000;
+ /* enable HSE */
+ RCC->CR |= ((unsigned long)RCC_CR_HSEON);
+ /* wait till HSE is ready and if Time out is reached exit */
+ do
+ {
+ HSEStatus = RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSERDY;
+ StartUpCounter++;
+ }
+ while((HSEStatus == 0) && (StartUpCounter != 1500));
+ /* check if time out was reached */
+ if ((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSERDY) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* cannot continue when HSE is not ready */
+ while (1) { ; }
+ }
+ /* enable flash prefetch buffer */
+ FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_PRFTBE;
+ /* reset flash wait state configuration to default 0 wait states */
+ FLASH->ACR &= (unsigned long)((unsigned long)~FLASH_ACR_LATENCY);
+#if (BOOT_CPU_SYSTEM_SPEED_KHZ > 48000)
+ /* configure 2 flash wait states */
+ FLASH->ACR |= (unsigned long)FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_2;
+#elif (BOOT_CPU_SYSTEM_SPEED_KHZ > 24000)
+ /* configure 1 flash wait states */
+ FLASH->ACR |= (unsigned long)FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_1;
+#endif
+ /* HCLK = SYSCLK */
+ RCC->CFGR |= (unsigned long)RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV1;
+ /* PCLK2 = HCLK/2 */
+ RCC->CFGR |= (unsigned long)RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_DIV2;
+ /* PCLK1 = HCLK/2 */
+ RCC->CFGR |= (unsigned long)RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV2;
+ /* reset PLL configuration */
+ RCC->CFGR &= (unsigned long)((unsigned long)~(RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC | RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE | \
+ RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL));
+ /* calculate multiplier value */
+ pll_multiplier = BOOT_CPU_SYSTEM_SPEED_KHZ/BOOT_CPU_XTAL_SPEED_KHZ;
+ /* convert to register value */
+ pll_multiplier = (unsigned long)((pll_multiplier - 2) << 18);
+ /* set the PLL multiplier and clock source */
+ RCC->CFGR |= (unsigned long)(RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_HSE | pll_multiplier);
+ /* enable PLL */
+ RCC->CR |= RCC_CR_PLLON;
+ /* wait till PLL is ready */
+ while((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0)
+ {
+ }
+ /* select PLL as system clock source */
+ RCC->CFGR &= (unsigned long)((unsigned long)~(RCC_CFGR_SW));
+ RCC->CFGR |= (unsigned long)RCC_CFGR_SW_PLL;
+ /* wait till PLL is used as system clock source */
+ while ((RCC->CFGR & (unsigned long)RCC_CFGR_SWS) != (unsigned long)0x08)
+ {
+ }
+ /* init the led driver */
+ LedInit();
+ /* init the timer driver */
+ TimerInit();
+ /* enable IRQ's, because they were initially disabled by the bootloader */
+ IrqInterruptEnable();
+} /*** end of Init ***/
+
+
+/*********************************** end of main.c *************************************/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/memory.x b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/memory.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5dae2e95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/memory.x
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+MEMORY
+{
+ UNPLACED_SECTIONS (wx) : ORIGIN = 0x100000000, LENGTH = 0
+ FLASH (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08004000, LENGTH = 0x00020000-0x4000
+ RAM (wx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 0x00005000
+ USB_CAN_RAM (wx) : ORIGIN = 0x40006000, LENGTH = 0x00000200
+ CM3_System_Control_Space (wx) : ORIGIN = 0xe000e000, LENGTH = 0x00001000
+}
+
+
+SECTIONS
+{
+ __FLASH_segment_start__ = 0x08004000;
+ __FLASH_segment_end__ = 0x08020000;
+ __RAM_segment_start__ = 0x20000000;
+ __RAM_segment_end__ = 0x20005000;
+ __USB_CAN_RAM_segment_start__ = 0x40006000;
+ __USB_CAN_RAM_segment_end__ = 0x40006200;
+ __CM3_System_Control_Space_segment_start__ = 0xe000e000;
+ __CM3_System_Control_Space_segment_end__ = 0xe000f000;
+
+ __STACKSIZE__ = 256;
+ __STACKSIZE_PROCESS__ = 0;
+ __STACKSIZE_IRQ__ = 0;
+ __STACKSIZE_FIQ__ = 0;
+ __STACKSIZE_SVC__ = 0;
+ __STACKSIZE_ABT__ = 0;
+ __STACKSIZE_UND__ = 0;
+ __HEAPSIZE__ = 128;
+
+ __vectors_ram_load_start__ = ALIGN(__RAM_segment_start__ , 256);
+ .vectors_ram ALIGN(__RAM_segment_start__ , 256) (NOLOAD) : AT(ALIGN(__RAM_segment_start__ , 256))
+ {
+ __vectors_ram_start__ = .;
+ *(.vectors_ram .vectors_ram.*)
+ }
+ __vectors_ram_end__ = __vectors_ram_start__ + SIZEOF(.vectors_ram);
+
+ __vectors_ram_load_end__ = __vectors_ram_end__;
+
+ . = ASSERT(__vectors_ram_end__ >= __RAM_segment_start__ && __vectors_ram_end__ <= (__RAM_segment_start__ + 0x00005000) , "error: .vectors_ram is too large to fit in RAM memory segment");
+
+ __vectors_load_start__ = ALIGN(__FLASH_segment_start__ , 256);
+ .vectors ALIGN(__FLASH_segment_start__ , 256) : AT(ALIGN(__FLASH_segment_start__ , 256))
+ {
+ __vectors_start__ = .;
+ *(.vectors .vectors.*)
+ }
+ __vectors_end__ = __vectors_start__ + SIZEOF(.vectors);
+
+ __vectors_load_end__ = __vectors_end__;
+
+ . = ASSERT(__vectors_end__ >= __FLASH_segment_start__ && __vectors_end__ <= (__FLASH_segment_start__ + 0x00020000) , "error: .vectors is too large to fit in FLASH memory segment");
+
+ __init_load_start__ = ALIGN(__vectors_end__ , 4);
+ .init ALIGN(__vectors_end__ , 4) : AT(ALIGN(__vectors_end__ , 4))
+ {
+ __init_start__ = .;
+ *(.init .init.*)
+ }
+ __init_end__ = __init_start__ + SIZEOF(.init);
+
+ __init_load_end__ = __init_end__;
+
+ . = ASSERT(__init_end__ >= __FLASH_segment_start__ && __init_end__ <= (__FLASH_segment_start__ + 0x00020000) , "error: .init is too large to fit in FLASH memory segment");
+
+ __text_load_start__ = ALIGN(__init_end__ , 4);
+ .text ALIGN(__init_end__ , 4) : AT(ALIGN(__init_end__ , 4))
+ {
+ __text_start__ = .;
+ *(.text .text.* .glue_7t .glue_7 .gnu.linkonce.t.* .gcc_except_table .ARM.extab* .gnu.linkonce.armextab.*)
+ }
+ __text_end__ = __text_start__ + SIZEOF(.text);
+
+ __text_load_end__ = __text_end__;
+
+ . = ASSERT(__text_end__ >= __FLASH_segment_start__ && __text_end__ <= (__FLASH_segment_start__ + 0x00020000) , "error: .text is too large to fit in FLASH memory segment");
+
+ __dtors_load_start__ = ALIGN(__text_end__ , 4);
+ .dtors ALIGN(__text_end__ , 4) : AT(ALIGN(__text_end__ , 4))
+ {
+ __dtors_start__ = .;
+ KEEP (*(SORT(.dtors.*))) KEEP (*(.dtors)) KEEP (*(.fini_array .fini_array.*))
+ }
+ __dtors_end__ = __dtors_start__ + SIZEOF(.dtors);
+
+ __dtors_load_end__ = __dtors_end__;
+
+ . = ASSERT(__dtors_end__ >= __FLASH_segment_start__ && __dtors_end__ <= (__FLASH_segment_start__ + 0x00020000) , "error: .dtors is too large to fit in FLASH memory segment");
+
+ __ctors_load_start__ = ALIGN(__dtors_end__ , 4);
+ .ctors ALIGN(__dtors_end__ , 4) : AT(ALIGN(__dtors_end__ , 4))
+ {
+ __ctors_start__ = .;
+ KEEP (*(SORT(.ctors.*))) KEEP (*(.ctors)) KEEP (*(.init_array .init_array.*))
+ }
+ __ctors_end__ = __ctors_start__ + SIZEOF(.ctors);
+
+ __ctors_load_end__ = __ctors_end__;
+
+ . = ASSERT(__ctors_end__ >= __FLASH_segment_start__ && __ctors_end__ <= (__FLASH_segment_start__ + 0x00020000) , "error: .ctors is too large to fit in FLASH memory segment");
+
+ __rodata_load_start__ = ALIGN(__ctors_end__ , 4);
+ .rodata ALIGN(__ctors_end__ , 4) : AT(ALIGN(__ctors_end__ , 4))
+ {
+ __rodata_start__ = .;
+ *(.rodata .rodata.* .gnu.linkonce.r.*)
+ }
+ __rodata_end__ = __rodata_start__ + SIZEOF(.rodata);
+
+ __rodata_load_end__ = __rodata_end__;
+
+ . = ASSERT(__rodata_end__ >= __FLASH_segment_start__ && __rodata_end__ <= (__FLASH_segment_start__ + 0x00020000) , "error: .rodata is too large to fit in FLASH memory segment");
+
+ __ARM.exidx_load_start__ = ALIGN(__rodata_end__ , 4);
+ .ARM.exidx ALIGN(__rodata_end__ , 4) : AT(ALIGN(__rodata_end__ , 4))
+ {
+ __ARM.exidx_start__ = .;
+ __exidx_start = __ARM.exidx_start__;
+ *(.ARM.exidx .ARM.exidx.*)
+ }
+ __ARM.exidx_end__ = __ARM.exidx_start__ + SIZEOF(.ARM.exidx);
+
+ __exidx_end = __ARM.exidx_end__;
+ __ARM.exidx_load_end__ = __ARM.exidx_end__;
+
+ . = ASSERT(__ARM.exidx_end__ >= __FLASH_segment_start__ && __ARM.exidx_end__ <= (__FLASH_segment_start__ + 0x00020000) , "error: .ARM.exidx is too large to fit in FLASH memory segment");
+
+ __fast_load_start__ = ALIGN(__ARM.exidx_end__ , 4);
+ .fast ALIGN(__vectors_ram_end__ , 4) : AT(ALIGN(__ARM.exidx_end__ , 4))
+ {
+ __fast_start__ = .;
+ *(.fast .fast.*)
+ }
+ __fast_end__ = __fast_start__ + SIZEOF(.fast);
+
+ __fast_load_end__ = __fast_load_start__ + SIZEOF(.fast);
+
+ . = ASSERT((__fast_load_start__ + SIZEOF(.fast)) >= __FLASH_segment_start__ && (__fast_load_start__ + SIZEOF(.fast)) <= (__FLASH_segment_start__ + 0x00020000) , "error: .fast is too large to fit in FLASH memory segment");
+
+ .fast_run ALIGN(__vectors_ram_end__ , 4) (NOLOAD) :
+ {
+ __fast_run_start__ = .;
+ . = MAX(__fast_run_start__ + SIZEOF(.fast), .);
+ }
+ __fast_run_end__ = __fast_run_start__ + SIZEOF(.fast_run);
+
+ __fast_run_load_end__ = __fast_run_end__;
+
+ . = ASSERT(__fast_run_end__ >= __RAM_segment_start__ && __fast_run_end__ <= (__RAM_segment_start__ + 0x00005000) , "error: .fast_run is too large to fit in RAM memory segment");
+
+ __data_load_start__ = ALIGN(__fast_load_start__ + SIZEOF(.fast) , 4);
+ .data ALIGN(__fast_run_end__ , 4) : AT(ALIGN(__fast_load_start__ + SIZEOF(.fast) , 4))
+ {
+ __data_start__ = .;
+ *(.data .data.* .gnu.linkonce.d.*)
+ }
+ __data_end__ = __data_start__ + SIZEOF(.data);
+
+ __data_load_end__ = __data_load_start__ + SIZEOF(.data);
+
+ . = ASSERT((__data_load_start__ + SIZEOF(.data)) >= __FLASH_segment_start__ && (__data_load_start__ + SIZEOF(.data)) <= (__FLASH_segment_start__ + 0x00020000) , "error: .data is too large to fit in FLASH memory segment");
+
+ .data_run ALIGN(__fast_run_end__ , 4) (NOLOAD) :
+ {
+ __data_run_start__ = .;
+ . = MAX(__data_run_start__ + SIZEOF(.data), .);
+ }
+ __data_run_end__ = __data_run_start__ + SIZEOF(.data_run);
+
+ __data_run_load_end__ = __data_run_end__;
+
+ . = ASSERT(__data_run_end__ >= __RAM_segment_start__ && __data_run_end__ <= (__RAM_segment_start__ + 0x00005000) , "error: .data_run is too large to fit in RAM memory segment");
+
+ __bss_load_start__ = ALIGN(__data_run_end__ , 4);
+ .bss ALIGN(__data_run_end__ , 4) (NOLOAD) : AT(ALIGN(__data_run_end__ , 4))
+ {
+ __bss_start__ = .;
+ *(.bss .bss.* .gnu.linkonce.b.*) *(COMMON)
+ }
+ __bss_end__ = __bss_start__ + SIZEOF(.bss);
+
+ __bss_load_end__ = __bss_end__;
+
+ . = ASSERT(__bss_end__ >= __RAM_segment_start__ && __bss_end__ <= (__RAM_segment_start__ + 0x00005000) , "error: .bss is too large to fit in RAM memory segment");
+
+ __non_init_load_start__ = ALIGN(__bss_end__ , 4);
+ .non_init ALIGN(__bss_end__ , 4) (NOLOAD) : AT(ALIGN(__bss_end__ , 4))
+ {
+ __non_init_start__ = .;
+ *(.non_init .non_init.*)
+ }
+ __non_init_end__ = __non_init_start__ + SIZEOF(.non_init);
+
+ __non_init_load_end__ = __non_init_end__;
+
+ . = ASSERT(__non_init_end__ >= __RAM_segment_start__ && __non_init_end__ <= (__RAM_segment_start__ + 0x00005000) , "error: .non_init is too large to fit in RAM memory segment");
+
+ __heap_load_start__ = ALIGN(__non_init_end__ , 4);
+ .heap ALIGN(__non_init_end__ , 4) (NOLOAD) : AT(ALIGN(__non_init_end__ , 4))
+ {
+ __heap_start__ = .;
+ *(.heap .heap.*)
+ . = ALIGN(MAX(__heap_start__ + __HEAPSIZE__ , .), 4);
+ }
+ __heap_end__ = __heap_start__ + SIZEOF(.heap);
+
+ __heap_load_end__ = __heap_end__;
+
+ . = ASSERT(__heap_end__ >= __RAM_segment_start__ && __heap_end__ <= (__RAM_segment_start__ + 0x00005000) , "error: .heap is too large to fit in RAM memory segment");
+
+ __stack_load_start__ = ALIGN(__heap_end__ , 4);
+ .stack ALIGN(__heap_end__ , 4) (NOLOAD) : AT(ALIGN(__heap_end__ , 4))
+ {
+ __stack_start__ = .;
+ *(.stack .stack.*)
+ . = ALIGN(MAX(__stack_start__ + __STACKSIZE__ , .), 4);
+ }
+ __stack_end__ = __stack_start__ + SIZEOF(.stack);
+
+ __stack_load_end__ = __stack_end__;
+
+ . = ASSERT(__stack_end__ >= __RAM_segment_start__ && __stack_end__ <= (__RAM_segment_start__ + 0x00005000) , "error: .stack is too large to fit in RAM memory segment");
+
+ __stack_process_load_start__ = ALIGN(__stack_end__ , 4);
+ .stack_process ALIGN(__stack_end__ , 4) (NOLOAD) : AT(ALIGN(__stack_end__ , 4))
+ {
+ __stack_process_start__ = .;
+ *(.stack_process .stack_process.*)
+ . = ALIGN(MAX(__stack_process_start__ + __STACKSIZE_PROCESS__ , .), 4);
+ }
+ __stack_process_end__ = __stack_process_start__ + SIZEOF(.stack_process);
+
+ __stack_process_load_end__ = __stack_process_end__;
+
+ . = ASSERT(__stack_process_end__ >= __RAM_segment_start__ && __stack_process_end__ <= (__RAM_segment_start__ + 0x00005000) , "error: .stack_process is too large to fit in RAM memory segment");
+
+ __tbss_load_start__ = ALIGN(__stack_process_end__ , 4);
+ .tbss ALIGN(__stack_process_end__ , 4) (NOLOAD) : AT(ALIGN(__stack_process_end__ , 4))
+ {
+ __tbss_start__ = .;
+ *(.tbss .tbss.*)
+ }
+ __tbss_end__ = __tbss_start__ + SIZEOF(.tbss);
+
+ __tbss_load_end__ = __tbss_end__;
+
+ . = ASSERT(__tbss_end__ >= __RAM_segment_start__ && __tbss_end__ <= (__RAM_segment_start__ + 0x00005000) , "error: .tbss is too large to fit in RAM memory segment");
+
+ __tdata_load_start__ = ALIGN(__data_load_start__ + SIZEOF(.data) , 4);
+ .tdata ALIGN(__tbss_end__ , 4) : AT(ALIGN(__data_load_start__ + SIZEOF(.data) , 4))
+ {
+ __tdata_start__ = .;
+ *(.tdata .tdata.*)
+ }
+ __tdata_end__ = __tdata_start__ + SIZEOF(.tdata);
+
+ __tdata_load_end__ = __tdata_load_start__ + SIZEOF(.tdata);
+
+ __FLASH_segment_used_end__ = ALIGN(__data_load_start__ + SIZEOF(.data) , 4) + SIZEOF(.tdata);
+
+ . = ASSERT((__tdata_load_start__ + SIZEOF(.tdata)) >= __FLASH_segment_start__ && (__tdata_load_start__ + SIZEOF(.tdata)) <= (__FLASH_segment_start__ + 0x00020000) , "error: .tdata is too large to fit in FLASH memory segment");
+
+ .tdata_run ALIGN(__tbss_end__ , 4) (NOLOAD) :
+ {
+ __tdata_run_start__ = .;
+ . = MAX(__tdata_run_start__ + SIZEOF(.tdata), .);
+ }
+ __tdata_run_end__ = __tdata_run_start__ + SIZEOF(.tdata_run);
+
+ __tdata_run_load_end__ = __tdata_run_end__;
+
+ __RAM_segment_used_end__ = ALIGN(__tbss_end__ , 4) + SIZEOF(.tdata_run);
+
+ . = ASSERT(__tdata_run_end__ >= __RAM_segment_start__ && __tdata_run_end__ <= (__RAM_segment_start__ + 0x00005000) , "error: .tdata_run is too large to fit in RAM memory segment");
+
+}
+
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/timer.c b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/timer.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..99b3dc42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/timer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/****************************************************************************************
+| Description: Timer driver source file
+| File Name: timer.c
+|
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| C O P Y R I G H T
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Copyright (c) 2011 by Feaser http://www.feaser.com All rights reserved
+|
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| L I C E N S E
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| This file is part of OpenBLT. OpenBLT is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
+| modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+| Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+| version.
+|
+| OpenBLT is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
+| without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+| PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+|
+| You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with OpenBLT.
+| If not, see .
+|
+| A special exception to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute a combined work
+| that includes OpenBLT without being obliged to provide the source code for any
+| proprietary components. The exception text is included at the bottom of the license
+| file .
+|
+****************************************************************************************/
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+* Include files
+****************************************************************************************/
+#include "header.h" /* generic header */
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+* Local data declarations
+****************************************************************************************/
+static unsigned long millisecond_counter;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: TimerInit
+** PARAMETER: none
+** RETURN VALUE: none
+** DESCRIPTION: Initializes the timer.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+void TimerInit(void)
+{
+ /* configure the SysTick timer for 1 ms period */
+ SysTick_Config(BOOT_CPU_SYSTEM_SPEED_KHZ);
+ /* reset the millisecond counter */
+ TimerSet(0);
+} /*** end of TimerInit ***/
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: TimerSet
+** PARAMETER: timer_value initialize value of the millisecond timer.
+** RETURN VALUE: none
+** DESCRIPTION: Sets the initial counter value of the millisecond timer.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+void TimerSet(unsigned long timer_value)
+{
+ /* set the millisecond counter */
+ millisecond_counter = timer_value;
+} /*** end of TimerSet ***/
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: TimerGet
+** PARAMETER: none
+** RETURN VALUE: current value of the millisecond timer
+** DESCRIPTION: Obtains the counter value of the millisecond timer.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+unsigned long TimerGet(void)
+{
+ /* read and return the millisecond counter value */
+ return millisecond_counter;
+} /*** end of TimerGet ***/
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: TimerISRHandler
+** PARAMETER: none
+** RETURN VALUE: none
+** DESCRIPTION: Interrupt service routine of the timer.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+void TimerISRHandler(void)
+{
+ /* increment the millisecond counter */
+ millisecond_counter++;
+} /*** end of TimerISRHandler ***/
+
+
+/*********************************** end of timer.c ************************************/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/timer.h b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/timer.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b2f160c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/timer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/****************************************************************************************
+| Description: Timer driver header file
+| File Name: timer.h
+|
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| C O P Y R I G H T
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Copyright (c) 2011 by Feaser http://www.feaser.com All rights reserved
+|
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| L I C E N S E
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| This file is part of OpenBLT. OpenBLT is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
+| modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+| Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+| version.
+|
+| OpenBLT is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
+| without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+| PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+|
+| You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with OpenBLT.
+| If not, see .
+|
+| A special exception to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute a combined work
+| that includes OpenBLT without being obliged to provide the source code for any
+| proprietary components. The exception text is included at the bottom of the license
+| file .
+|
+****************************************************************************************/
+#ifndef TIMER_H
+#define TIMER_H
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+* Function prototypes
+****************************************************************************************/
+void TimerInit(void);
+void TimerSet(unsigned long timer_value);
+unsigned long TimerGet(void);
+void TimerISRHandler(void);
+
+#endif /* TIMER_H */
+/*********************************** end of timer.h ************************************/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/vectors.c b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/vectors.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bcf3ebed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32H103_Crossworks/Prog/vectors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/****************************************************************************************
+| Description: bootloader interrupt vector table source file
+| File Name: vectors.c
+|
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| C O P Y R I G H T
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Copyright (c) 2011 by Feaser http://www.feaser.com All rights reserved
+|
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| L I C E N S E
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| This file is part of OpenBLT. OpenBLT is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
+| modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+| Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+| version.
+|
+| OpenBLT is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
+| without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+| PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+|
+| You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with OpenBLT.
+| If not, see .
+|
+| A special exception to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute a combined work
+| that includes OpenBLT without being obliged to provide the source code for any
+| proprietary components. The exception text is included at the bottom of the license
+| file .
+|
+****************************************************************************************/
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+* Include files
+****************************************************************************************/
+#include "header.h" /* generic header */
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+* External functions
+****************************************************************************************/
+extern void reset_handler(void); /* implemented in cstart.s */
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+* External data declarations
+****************************************************************************************/
+extern unsigned long __stack_end__; /* stack end address (memory.x) */
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: UnusedISR
+** PARAMETER: none
+** RETURN VALUE: none
+** DESCRIPTION: Catch-all for unused interrrupt service routines.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+void UnusedISR(void)
+{
+ /* unexpected interrupt occured, so halt the system */
+ while (1) { ; }
+} /*** end of UnusedISR ***/
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+* I N T E R R U P T V E C T O R T A B L E
+****************************************************************************************/
+typedef union
+{
+ void (*func)(void); /* for ISR function pointers */
+ unsigned long ptr; /* for stack pointer entry */
+}tIsrFunc; /* type for vector table entries */
+
+__attribute__ ((section(".vectors")))
+const tIsrFunc _vectors[] =
+{
+ { .ptr = (unsigned long)&__stack_end__ }, /* the initial stack pointer */
+ { reset_handler }, /* the reset handler */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* NMI Handler */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Hard Fault Handler */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* MPU Fault Handler */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Bus Fault Handler */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Usage Fault Handler */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Reserved */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Reserved */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Reserved */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Reserved */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* SVCall Handler */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Debug Monitor Handler */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Reserved */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* PendSV Handler */
+ { TimerISRHandler }, /* SysTick Handler */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Window Watchdog */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* PVD through EXTI Line detect */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Tamper */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* RTC */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Flash */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* RCC */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* EXTI Line 0 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* EXTI Line 1 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* EXTI Line 2 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* EXTI Line 3 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* EXTI Line 4 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* DMA1 Channel 1 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* DMA1 Channel 2 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* DMA1 Channel 3 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* DMA1 Channel 4 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* DMA1 Channel 5 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* DMA1 Channel 6 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* DMA1 Channel 7 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* ADC1 and ADC2 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* CAN1 TX */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* CAN1 RX0 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* CAN1 RX1 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* CAN1 SCE */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* EXTI Line 9..5 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* TIM1 Break */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* TIM1 Update */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* TIM1 Trigger and Commutation */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* TIM1 Capture Compare */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* TIM2 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* TIM3 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* TIM4 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* I2C1 Event */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* I2C1 Error */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* I2C2 Event */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* I2C1 Error */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* SPI1 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* SPI2 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* USART1 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* USART2 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* USART3 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* EXTI Line 15..10 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* RTC alarm through EXTI line */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* USB OTG FS Wakeup */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Reserved */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Reserved */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Reserved */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Reserved */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Reserved */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Reserved */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Reserved */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* TIM5 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* SPI3 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* UART4 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* UART5 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* TIM6 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* TIM7 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* DMA2 Channel1 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* DMA2 Channel2 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* DMA2 Channel3 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* DMA2 Channel4 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* DMA2 Channel5 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Ethernet */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* Ethernet Wakeup */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* CAN2 TX */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* CAN2 RX0 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* CAN2 RX1 */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* CAN2 SCE */
+ { UnusedISR }, /* USB OTG FS */
+ { (void*)0x55AA11EE }, /* Reserved for OpenBLT checksum */
+};
+
+
+/************************************ end of hw.c **************************************/
+
+
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32P103_Crossworks/Boot/hooks.c b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32P103_Crossworks/Boot/hooks.c
index 85f88c6e..d9da4e05 100644
--- a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32P103_Crossworks/Boot/hooks.c
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32P103_Crossworks/Boot/hooks.c
@@ -49,8 +49,6 @@
****************************************************************************************/
void BackDoorInitHook(void)
{
- /* configure the button connected to P0.16 as a digital input */
- IO0DIR &= ~(1<<16);
} /*** end of BackDoorInitHook ***/
@@ -63,13 +61,8 @@ void BackDoorInitHook(void)
****************************************************************************************/
blt_bool BackDoorEntryHook(void)
{
- /* button P0.16 has a pullup, so will read high by default. enter backdoor only when
- * this button is pressed. this is the case when it reads low */
- if ((IO0PIN & (1<<16)) == 0)
- {
- return BLT_TRUE;
- }
- return BLT_FALSE;
+ /* default implementation always activates the bootloader after a reset */
+ return BLT_TRUE;
} /*** end of BackDoorEntryHook ***/
#endif /* BOOT_BACKDOOR_HOOKS_ENABLE > 0 */
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32P103_GCC/Boot/hooks.c b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32P103_GCC/Boot/hooks.c
index 85f88c6e..d9da4e05 100644
--- a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32P103_GCC/Boot/hooks.c
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32P103_GCC/Boot/hooks.c
@@ -49,8 +49,6 @@
****************************************************************************************/
void BackDoorInitHook(void)
{
- /* configure the button connected to P0.16 as a digital input */
- IO0DIR &= ~(1<<16);
} /*** end of BackDoorInitHook ***/
@@ -63,13 +61,8 @@ void BackDoorInitHook(void)
****************************************************************************************/
blt_bool BackDoorEntryHook(void)
{
- /* button P0.16 has a pullup, so will read high by default. enter backdoor only when
- * this button is pressed. this is the case when it reads low */
- if ((IO0PIN & (1<<16)) == 0)
- {
- return BLT_TRUE;
- }
- return BLT_FALSE;
+ /* default implementation always activates the bootloader after a reset */
+ return BLT_TRUE;
} /*** end of BackDoorEntryHook ***/
#endif /* BOOT_BACKDOOR_HOOKS_ENABLE > 0 */
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32P103_GCC_Eclipse/Boot/hooks.c b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32P103_GCC_Eclipse/Boot/hooks.c
index 85f88c6e..d9da4e05 100644
--- a/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32P103_GCC_Eclipse/Boot/hooks.c
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM3_STM32_Olimex_STM32P103_GCC_Eclipse/Boot/hooks.c
@@ -49,8 +49,6 @@
****************************************************************************************/
void BackDoorInitHook(void)
{
- /* configure the button connected to P0.16 as a digital input */
- IO0DIR &= ~(1<<16);
} /*** end of BackDoorInitHook ***/
@@ -63,13 +61,8 @@ void BackDoorInitHook(void)
****************************************************************************************/
blt_bool BackDoorEntryHook(void)
{
- /* button P0.16 has a pullup, so will read high by default. enter backdoor only when
- * this button is pressed. this is the case when it reads low */
- if ((IO0PIN & (1<<16)) == 0)
- {
- return BLT_TRUE;
- }
- return BLT_FALSE;
+ /* default implementation always activates the bootloader after a reset */
+ return BLT_TRUE;
} /*** end of BackDoorEntryHook ***/
#endif /* BOOT_BACKDOOR_HOOKS_ENABLE > 0 */
diff --git a/Target/Source/ARM7_LPC2000/cpu.c b/Target/Source/ARM7_LPC2000/cpu.c
index 0622f1d2..69f0bb16 100644
--- a/Target/Source/ARM7_LPC2000/cpu.c
+++ b/Target/Source/ARM7_LPC2000/cpu.c
@@ -73,7 +73,8 @@ void CpuStartUserProgram(void)
/* not a valid user program so it cannot be started */
return;
}
-
+ /* release the communication interface */
+ ComFree();
/* copy the user program's interrupt vector table to RAM */
CpuMemCopy(CPU_RAM_VECTORS_START_ADDR, CPU_USER_PROG_VECTORS_START_ADDR, \
CPU_VECTORS_TABLE_SIZE);
diff --git a/Target/Source/ARMCM3_STM32/cpu.c b/Target/Source/ARMCM3_STM32/cpu.c
index 96029ccf..8b3d2c69 100644
--- a/Target/Source/ARMCM3_STM32/cpu.c
+++ b/Target/Source/ARMCM3_STM32/cpu.c
@@ -38,9 +38,16 @@
/****************************************************************************************
* Macro definitions
****************************************************************************************/
-#define CPU_USER_PROGRAM_STARTADDR_PTR ((blt_addr) 0x08002004)
-#define CPU_USER_PROGRAM_VECTABLE_OFFSET ((blt_int32u)0x00002000)
-
+#if (BOOT_COM_USB_ENABLE > 0)
+/* the size of the bootloader with support for USB is larger so the start address of the
+ * user program is at a different location.
+ */
+ #define CPU_USER_PROGRAM_STARTADDR_PTR ((blt_addr) 0x08004004)
+ #define CPU_USER_PROGRAM_VECTABLE_OFFSET ((blt_int32u)0x00004000)
+#else
+ #define CPU_USER_PROGRAM_STARTADDR_PTR ((blt_addr) 0x08002004)
+ #define CPU_USER_PROGRAM_VECTABLE_OFFSET ((blt_int32u)0x00002000)
+#endif
/****************************************************************************************
* Register definitions
@@ -73,6 +80,8 @@ void CpuStartUserProgram(void)
/* not a valid user program so it cannot be started */
return;
}
+ /* release the communication interface */
+ ComFree();
/* remap user program's vector table */
SCB_VTOR = CPU_USER_PROGRAM_VECTABLE_OFFSET & (blt_int32u)0x1FFFFF80;
/* set the address where the bootloader needs to jump to. this is the address of
diff --git a/Target/Source/ARMCM3_STM32/flash.c b/Target/Source/ARMCM3_STM32/flash.c
index 1ae39692..f137e1ca 100644
--- a/Target/Source/ARMCM3_STM32/flash.c
+++ b/Target/Source/ARMCM3_STM32/flash.c
@@ -119,14 +119,22 @@ static blt_addr FlashGetSectorSize(blt_int8u sector);
* Local constant declarations
****************************************************************************************/
/* The current flash layout does not reflect the minimum sector size of the physical
- * flash (1 - 2kb), because this would make the table quit long and a wast or ROM. The
+ * flash (1 - 2kb), because this would make the table quit long and a waste of ROM. The
* minumum sector size is only really needed when erasing the flash. This can still be
* done in combination with macro FLASH_ERASE_BLOCK_SIZE.
*/
static const tFlashSector flashLayout[] =
{
+#if (BOOT_COM_USB_ENABLE > 0)
+ /* the size of the bootloader with support for USB is larger so the start address of the
+ * user program is at a different location.
+ */
+ /* { 0x08000000, 0x02000, 0}, flash sector 0 - reserved for bootloader */
+ /* { 0x08002000, 0x02000, 1}, flash sector 1 - reserved for bootloader */
+#else
/* { 0x08000000, 0x02000, 0}, flash sector 0 - reserved for bootloader */
{ 0x08002000, 0x02000, 1}, /* flash sector 1 - 8kb */
+#endif
{ 0x08004000, 0x02000, 2}, /* flash sector 2 - 8kb */
{ 0x08006000, 0x02000, 3}, /* flash sector 3 - 8kb */
#if (BOOT_NVM_SIZE_KB > 32)
diff --git a/Target/Source/ARMCM3_STM32/uart.c b/Target/Source/ARMCM3_STM32/uart.c
index 5c53ff0d..99a034d6 100644
--- a/Target/Source/ARMCM3_STM32/uart.c
+++ b/Target/Source/ARMCM3_STM32/uart.c
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ static blt_bool UartTransmitByte(blt_int8u data);
****************************************************************************************/
void UartInit(void)
{
- /* the current implementation supports USART1 and USART1. throw an assertion error in
+ /* the current implementation supports USART1 and USART2. throw an assertion error in
* case a different UART channel is configured.
*/
ASSERT_CT((BOOT_COM_UART_CHANNEL_INDEX == 0) || (BOOT_COM_UART_CHANNEL_INDEX == 1));
diff --git a/Target/Source/ARMCM3_STM32/usb.c b/Target/Source/ARMCM3_STM32/usb.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ecbddf8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Source/ARMCM3_STM32/usb.c
@@ -0,0 +1,593 @@
+/****************************************************************************************
+| Description: bootloader USB communication interface source file
+| File Name: usb.c
+|
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| C O P Y R I G H T
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Copyright (c) 2011 by Feaser http://www.feaser.com All rights reserved
+|
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| L I C E N S E
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| This file is part of OpenBLT. OpenBLT is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
+| modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+| Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+| version.
+|
+| OpenBLT is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
+| without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+| PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+|
+| You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with OpenBLT.
+| If not, see .
+|
+| A special exception to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute a combined work
+| that includes OpenBLT without being obliged to provide the source code for any
+| proprietary components. The exception text is included at the bottom of the license
+| file .
+|
+****************************************************************************************/
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+* Include files
+****************************************************************************************/
+#include "boot.h" /* bootloader generic header */
+#if (BOOT_COM_USB_ENABLE > 0)
+#include "usb_lib.h" /* USB library driver header */
+#include "usb_desc.h" /* USB descriptor header */
+#include "usb_pwr.h" /* USB power management header */
+#include "usb_istr.h" /* USB interrupt routine header */
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+* Macro definitions
+****************************************************************************************/
+#define FIFO_MAX_BUFFERS (2)
+#define FIFO_ERR_INVALID_HANDLE (255)
+#define FIFO_PIPE_SIZE (64)
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+* Type definitions
+****************************************************************************************/
+typedef struct t_fifo_ctrl
+{
+ blt_int8u *startptr; /* pointer to start of buffer */
+ blt_int8u *endptr; /* pointer to end of buffer */
+ blt_int8u *readptr; /* pointer to next read location */
+ blt_int8u *writeptr; /* pointer to next free location */
+ blt_int8u length; /* number of buffer elements */
+ blt_int8u entries; /* # of full buffer elements */
+ blt_int8u handle; /* handle of the buffer */
+ struct t_fifo_ctrl *fifoctrlptr; /* pointer to free buffer control */
+} tFifoCtrl;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ blt_int8u handle; /* fifo handle */
+ blt_int8u data[FIFO_PIPE_SIZE]; /* fifo data buffer */
+} tFifoPipe; /* USB pipe fifo type */
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+* Hook functions
+****************************************************************************************/
+extern void UsbEnterLowPowerModeHook(void);
+extern void UsbLeaveLowPowerModeHook(void);
+extern void UsbConnectHook(blt_bool connect);
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+* Function prototypes
+****************************************************************************************/
+static blt_bool UsbReceiveByte(blt_int8u *data);
+static blt_bool UsbTransmitByte(blt_int8u data);
+static void UsbFifoMgrInit(void);
+static blt_int8u UsbFifoMgrCreate(blt_int8u *buffer, blt_int8u length);
+static blt_bool UsbFifoMgrWrite(blt_int8u handle, blt_int8u data);
+static blt_bool UsbFifoMgrRead(blt_int8u handle, blt_int8u *data);
+static blt_int8u UsbFifoMgrScan(blt_int8u handle);
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+* Local data declarations
+****************************************************************************************/
+static tFifoCtrl fifoCtrl[FIFO_MAX_BUFFERS];
+static tFifoCtrl *fifoCtrlFree;
+static tFifoPipe fifoPipeBulkIN;
+static tFifoPipe fifoPipeBulkOUT;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: UsbInit
+** PARAMETER: none
+** RETURN VALUE: none
+** DESCRIPTION: Initializes the USB communication interface
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+void UsbInit(void)
+{
+ /* initialize the FIFO manager */
+ UsbFifoMgrInit();
+ /* place 2 buffers under FIFO management */
+ fifoPipeBulkIN.handle = UsbFifoMgrCreate(fifoPipeBulkIN.data, FIFO_PIPE_SIZE);
+ fifoPipeBulkOUT.handle = UsbFifoMgrCreate(fifoPipeBulkOUT.data, FIFO_PIPE_SIZE);
+ /* validate fifo handles */
+ ASSERT_RT( (fifoPipeBulkIN.handle != FIFO_ERR_INVALID_HANDLE) && \
+ (fifoPipeBulkOUT.handle != FIFO_ERR_INVALID_HANDLE) );
+ /* initialize the low level USB driver */
+ USB_Init();
+} /*** end of UsbInit ***/
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: UsbFree
+** PARAMETER: none
+** RETURN VALUE: none
+** DESCRIPTION: Releases the USB communication interface.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+void UsbFree(void)
+{
+ /* disconnect the USB device from the USB host */
+ UsbConnectHook(BLT_FALSE);
+} /*** end of UsbFree ***/
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: UsbTransmitPacket
+** PARAMETER: data pointer to byte array with data that it to be transmitted.
+** len number of bytes that are to be transmitted.
+** RETURN VALUE: none
+** DESCRIPTION: Transmits a packet formatted for the communication interface.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+void UsbTransmitPacket(blt_int8u *data, blt_int8u len)
+{
+ blt_int16u data_index;
+
+ /* verify validity of the len-paramenter */
+ ASSERT_RT(len <= BOOT_COM_TX_MAX_DATA);
+
+ /* first transmit the length of the packet */
+ ASSERT_RT(UsbTransmitByte(len) == BLT_TRUE);
+
+ /* transmit all the packet bytes one-by-one */
+ for (data_index = 0; data_index < len; data_index++)
+ {
+ /* keep the watchdog happy */
+ CopService();
+ /* write byte */
+ ASSERT_RT(UsbTransmitByte(data[data_index]) == BLT_TRUE);
+ }
+} /*** end of UsbTransmitPacket ***/
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: UsbReceivePacket
+** PARAMETER: data pointer to byte array where the data is to be stored.
+** RETURN VALUE: BLT_TRUE if a packet was received, BLT_FALSE otherwise.
+** DESCRIPTION: Receives a communication interface packet if one is present.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+blt_bool UsbReceivePacket(blt_int8u *data)
+{
+ static blt_int8u xcpCtoReqPacket[XCP_CTO_PACKET_LEN+1]; /* one extra for length */
+ static blt_int8u xcpCtoRxLength;
+ static blt_bool xcpCtoRxInProgress = BLT_FALSE;
+
+ /* poll USB interrupt flags to process USB related events */
+ USB_Istr();
+
+ /* start of cto packet received? */
+ if (xcpCtoRxInProgress == BLT_FALSE)
+ {
+ /* store the message length when received */
+ if (UsbReceiveByte(&xcpCtoReqPacket[0]) == BLT_TRUE)
+ {
+ /* indicate that a cto packet is being received */
+ xcpCtoRxInProgress = BLT_TRUE;
+
+ /* reset packet data count */
+ xcpCtoRxLength = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* store the next packet byte */
+ if (UsbReceiveByte(&xcpCtoReqPacket[xcpCtoRxLength+1]) == BLT_TRUE)
+ {
+ /* increment the packet data count */
+ xcpCtoRxLength++;
+
+ /* check to see if the entire packet was received */
+ if (xcpCtoRxLength == xcpCtoReqPacket[0])
+ {
+ /* copy the packet data */
+ CpuMemCopy((blt_int32u)data, (blt_int32u)&xcpCtoReqPacket[1], xcpCtoRxLength);
+ /* done with cto packet reception */
+ xcpCtoRxInProgress = BLT_FALSE;
+
+ /* packet reception complete */
+ return BLT_TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* packet reception not yet complete */
+ return BLT_FALSE;
+} /*** end of UsbReceivePacket ***/
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: UsbReceiveByte
+** PARAMETER: data pointer to byte where the data is to be stored.
+** RETURN VALUE: BLT_TRUE if a byte was received, BLT_FALSE otherwise.
+** DESCRIPTION: Receives a communication interface byte if one is present.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+static blt_bool UsbReceiveByte(blt_int8u *data)
+{
+ blt_bool result;
+
+ /* obtain data from the fifo */
+ result = UsbFifoMgrRead(fifoPipeBulkOUT.handle, data);
+ return result;
+} /*** end of UsbReceiveByte ***/
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: UsbTransmitByte
+** PARAMETER: data value of byte that is to be transmitted.
+** RETURN VALUE: BLT_TRUE if the byte was transmitted, BLT_FALSE otherwise.
+** DESCRIPTION: Transmits a communication interface byte.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+static blt_bool UsbTransmitByte(blt_int8u data)
+{
+ blt_bool result;
+
+ /* write data from to fifo */
+ result = UsbFifoMgrWrite(fifoPipeBulkIN.handle, data);
+ return result;
+} /*** end of UsbTransmitByte ***/
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: UsbEnterLowPowerMode
+** PARAMETER: none
+** RETURN VALUE: none
+** DESCRIPTION: Power-off system clocks and power while entering suspend mode.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+void UsbEnterLowPowerMode(void)
+{
+ /* Set the device state to suspend */
+ bDeviceState = SUSPENDED;
+ /* power-off system clocks and power */
+ UsbEnterLowPowerModeHook();
+} /*** end of UsbEnterLowPowerMode ***/
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: UsbLeaveLowPowerMode
+** PARAMETER: none
+** RETURN VALUE: none
+** DESCRIPTION: Restores system clocks and power while exiting suspend mode.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+void UsbLeaveLowPowerMode(void)
+{
+ DEVICE_INFO *pInfo = &Device_Info;
+
+ /* restore power and system clocks */
+ UsbLeaveLowPowerModeHook();
+ /* Set the device state to the correct state */
+ if (pInfo->Current_Configuration != 0)
+ {
+ /* Device configured */
+ bDeviceState = CONFIGURED;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bDeviceState = ATTACHED;
+ }
+} /*** end of UsbLeaveLowPowerMode ***/
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: UsbTransmitPipeBulkIN
+** PARAMETER: none
+** RETURN VALUE: none
+** DESCRIPTION: Checks if there is still data left to transmit and if so submits it
+** for transmission with the USB endpoint.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+void UsbTransmitPipeBulkIN(void)
+{
+ /* USB_Tx_Buffer is static for run-time optimalization */
+ static uint8_t USB_Tx_Buffer[BULK_DATA_SIZE];
+ blt_int8u nr_of_bytes_for_tx_endpoint;
+ blt_int8u byte_counter;
+ blt_int8u byte_value;
+ blt_bool result;
+
+ /* read how many bytes should be transmitted */
+ nr_of_bytes_for_tx_endpoint = UsbFifoMgrScan(fifoPipeBulkIN.handle);
+ /* only continue if there is actually data left to transmit */
+ if (nr_of_bytes_for_tx_endpoint == 0)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ /* make sure to not transmit more than the USB endpoint can handle */
+ if (nr_of_bytes_for_tx_endpoint > BULK_DATA_SIZE)
+ {
+ nr_of_bytes_for_tx_endpoint = BULK_DATA_SIZE;
+ }
+ /* copy the transmit data to the transmit buffer */
+ for (byte_counter=0; byte_counter < nr_of_bytes_for_tx_endpoint; byte_counter++)
+ {
+ /* obtain data from the fifo */
+ result = UsbFifoMgrRead(fifoPipeBulkIN.handle, &byte_value);
+ ASSERT_RT(result == BLT_TRUE);
+ /* store it in the endpoint's RAM */
+ USB_Tx_Buffer[byte_counter] = byte_value;
+
+ UserToPMABufferCopy(&byte_value, ENDP1_TXADDR, 1);
+ }
+ /* store it in the endpoint's RAM */
+ UserToPMABufferCopy(&USB_Tx_Buffer[0], ENDP1_TXADDR, nr_of_bytes_for_tx_endpoint);
+ /* set the number of bytes that need to be transmitted from this endpoint */
+ SetEPTxCount(ENDP1, nr_of_bytes_for_tx_endpoint);
+ /* inform the endpoint that it can start its transmission because the data is valid */
+ SetEPTxValid(ENDP1);
+} /*** end of UsbTransmitPipeBulkIN ***/
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: UsbReceivePipeBulkOUT
+** PARAMETER: none
+** RETURN VALUE: none
+** DESCRIPTION: Stores data that was received on the Bulk OUT pipe in the fifo.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+void UsbReceivePipeBulkOUT(blt_int8u data)
+{
+ /* USB_Rx_Buffer is static for run-time optimalization */
+ static uint8_t USB_Rx_Buffer[BULK_DATA_SIZE];
+ uint16_t USB_Rx_Cnt;
+ uint16_t byte_counter;
+ blt_bool result;
+
+ /* Get the received data buffer and update the counter */
+ USB_Rx_Cnt = USB_SIL_Read(EP1_OUT, USB_Rx_Buffer);
+
+ /* USB data will be immediately processed, this allow next USB traffic being
+ * NAKed till the end of the USART Xfer
+ */
+ for (byte_counter=0; byte_counter> 28)) < 0xA )
+ {
+ pbuf[ 2* idx] = (value >> 28) + '0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pbuf[2* idx] = (value >> 28) + 'A' - 10;
+ }
+
+ value = value << 4;
+
+ pbuf[ 2* idx + 1] = 0;
+ }
+} /*** end of IntToUnicode ***/
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: UsbGetSerialNum
+** PARAMETER: none
+** RETURN VALUE: none
+** DESCRIPTION: Creates the serial number string descriptor.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+void UsbGetSerialNum(void)
+{
+ blt_int32u Device_Serial0, Device_Serial1, Device_Serial2;
+
+ Device_Serial0 = *(volatile blt_int32u*)(0x1FFFF7E8);
+ Device_Serial1 = *(volatile blt_int32u*)(0x1FFFF7EC);
+ Device_Serial2 = *(volatile blt_int32u*)(0x1FFFF7F0);
+
+ Device_Serial0 += Device_Serial2;
+
+ if (Device_Serial0 != 0)
+ {
+ IntToUnicode(Device_Serial0, &Bulk_StringSerial[2] , 8);
+ IntToUnicode(Device_Serial1, &Bulk_StringSerial[18], 4);
+ }
+} /*** end of UsbGetSerialNum ***/
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: UsbFifoMgrInit
+** PARAMETER: none
+** RETURN VALUE: none
+** DESCRIPTION: Initializes the fifo manager. Each controlled fifo is assigned a
+** unique handle, which is the same as its index into fifoCtrl[]. Each
+** controlled fifo holds a pointer to the next free fifo control.
+** For the last fifo in fifoCtrl[] this one is set to a null-pointer as
+** an out of fifo control indicator. Function should be called once
+** before any of the other fifo management functions are called.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+static void UsbFifoMgrInit(void)
+{
+ blt_int8u i;
+ tFifoCtrl *pbc1, *pbc2;
+
+ pbc1 = &fifoCtrl[0];
+ pbc2 = &fifoCtrl[1];
+ /* assign fifo handles and pointer to next free fifo */
+ for (i = 0; i < (FIFO_MAX_BUFFERS - 1); i++)
+ {
+ pbc1->handle = i;
+ pbc1->fifoctrlptr = pbc2;
+ pbc1++;
+ pbc2++;
+ }
+ /* initialize handle for the last one and use null-pointer for the next free fifo */
+ pbc1->handle = i;
+ pbc1->fifoctrlptr = (tFifoCtrl *)0;
+ fifoCtrlFree = &fifoCtrl[0];
+} /*** end of UsbFifoMgrInit ***/
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: UsbFifoMgrCreate
+** PARAMETER: buffer pointer to the first element in the data storage fifo.
+** length maximum number of data elements that can be stored in the fifo.
+** RETURN VALUE: Fifo handle if successfull, or FIFO_ERR_INVALID_HANDLE.
+** DESCRIPTION: Places a data storage array under fifo management control. A handle
+** for identifying the fifo in subsequent fifo management function
+** calls is returned, if successful.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+static blt_int8u UsbFifoMgrCreate(blt_int8u *buffer, blt_int8u length)
+{
+ tFifoCtrl *pbc;
+
+ /* first determine if these is still a free fifo control available */
+ if (fifoCtrlFree == (tFifoCtrl *)0)
+ {
+ return FIFO_ERR_INVALID_HANDLE;
+ }
+ /* store pointer to free fifo and update pointer to next free one */
+ pbc = fifoCtrlFree;
+ fifoCtrlFree = pbc->fifoctrlptr;
+
+ /* initialize the buffer control */
+ pbc->length = length;
+ pbc->readptr = buffer;
+ pbc->writeptr = buffer;
+ pbc->entries = 0;
+ pbc->startptr = buffer;
+ pbc->endptr = (blt_int8u*)(buffer + length - 1);
+
+ /* return the handle to the successfully created fifo control */
+ return pbc->handle;
+} /*** end of UsbFifoMgrCreate ***/
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: UsbFifoMgrWrite
+** PARAMETER: handle identifies the fifo to write data to.
+** data pointer to the data that is to be written to the fifo.
+** RETURN VALUE: BLT_TRUE if the data was successfully stored in the fifo, BLT_FALSE
+** otherwise.
+** DESCRIPTION: Stores data in the fifo.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+static blt_bool UsbFifoMgrWrite(blt_int8u handle, blt_int8u data)
+{
+ /* check the validity of the handle parameter */
+ ASSERT_RT(handle < FIFO_MAX_BUFFERS);
+ /* check if fifo is full */
+ if (fifoCtrl[handle].entries == fifoCtrl[handle].length)
+ {
+ return BLT_FALSE;
+ }
+ /* copy data to fifo */
+ *fifoCtrl[handle].writeptr = data;
+ /* data written so update number of entries */
+ fifoCtrl[handle].entries++;
+ /* update write pointer */
+ fifoCtrl[handle].writeptr++;
+ /* check end of fifo */
+ if (fifoCtrl[handle].writeptr > fifoCtrl[handle].endptr)
+ {
+ /* set write pointer to start of the cyclic fifo */
+ fifoCtrl[handle].writeptr = fifoCtrl[handle].startptr;
+ }
+ /* still here so all is okay */
+ return BLT_TRUE;
+} /*** end of UsbFifoMgrWrite ***/
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: UsbFifoMgrRead
+** PARAMETER: handle identifies the fifo to read data from.
+** data pointer to where the read data is to be stored.
+** RETURN VALUE: BLT_TRUE if the data was successfully read from the fifo, BLT_FALSE
+** otherwise.
+** DESCRIPTION: Retrieves data from the fifo.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+static blt_bool UsbFifoMgrRead(blt_int8u handle, blt_int8u *data)
+{
+ /* check the validity of the handle parameter */
+ ASSERT_RT(handle < FIFO_MAX_BUFFERS);
+ /* check if fifo is empty */
+ if (fifoCtrl[handle].entries == 0)
+ {
+ return BLT_FALSE;
+ }
+ /* read the data */
+ *data = *fifoCtrl[handle].readptr;
+ /* data read so update number of entries */
+ fifoCtrl[handle].entries--;
+ /* update read pointer */
+ fifoCtrl[handle].readptr++;
+ /* check end of fifo */
+ if (fifoCtrl[handle].readptr > fifoCtrl[handle].endptr)
+ {
+ /* set read pointer to start of the cyclic fifo */
+ fifoCtrl[handle].readptr = fifoCtrl[handle].startptr;
+ }
+ /* still here so all is good */
+ return BLT_TRUE;
+} /*** end of UsbFifoMgrRead ***/
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: UsbFifoMgrScan
+** PARAMETER: handle identifies the fifo that is to be scanned.
+** RETURN VALUE: Number of data entries in the fifo if successful, otherwise 0.
+** DESCRIPTION: Returns the number of data entries currently present in the fifo.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+static blt_int8u UsbFifoMgrScan(blt_int8u handle)
+{
+ /* check the validity of the handle parameter */
+ ASSERT_RT(handle < FIFO_MAX_BUFFERS);
+ /* read and return the number of data entries */
+ return fifoCtrl[handle].entries;
+} /*** end of UsbFifoMgrScan ***/
+#endif /* BOOT_COM_USB_ENABLE > 0 */
+
+
+/*********************************** end of usb.c **************************************/
diff --git a/Target/Source/ARMCM3_STM32/usb.h b/Target/Source/ARMCM3_STM32/usb.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0aa47d79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Source/ARMCM3_STM32/usb.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/****************************************************************************************
+| Description: bootloader USB communication interface header file
+| File Name: usb.h
+|
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| C O P Y R I G H T
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Copyright (c) 2011 by Feaser http://www.feaser.com All rights reserved
+|
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| L I C E N S E
+|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| This file is part of OpenBLT. OpenBLT is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
+| modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+| Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+| version.
+|
+| OpenBLT is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
+| without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+| PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+|
+| You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with OpenBLT.
+| If not, see .
+|
+| A special exception to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute a combined work
+| that includes OpenBLT without being obliged to provide the source code for any
+| proprietary components. The exception text is included at the bottom of the license
+| file .
+|
+****************************************************************************************/
+#ifndef USB_H
+#define USB_H
+
+#if (BOOT_COM_USB_ENABLE > 0)
+/****************************************************************************************
+* Function prototypes
+****************************************************************************************/
+void UsbInit(void);
+void UsbFree(void);
+void UsbTransmitPacket(blt_int8u *data, blt_int8u len);
+blt_bool UsbReceivePacket(blt_int8u *data);
+#endif /* BOOT_COM_USB_ENABLE > 0 */
+
+
+#endif /* USB_H */
+/*********************************** end of usb.h **************************************/
diff --git a/Target/Source/com.c b/Target/Source/com.c
index 805ade4e..d492469c 100644
--- a/Target/Source/com.c
+++ b/Target/Source/com.c
@@ -39,6 +39,9 @@
#if (BOOT_COM_UART_ENABLE > 0)
#include "uart.h" /* uart driver module */
#endif
+#if (BOOT_COM_USB_ENABLE > 0)
+ #include "usb.h" /* usb driver module */
+#endif
/****************************************************************************************
@@ -76,6 +79,10 @@ void ComInit(void)
#if (BOOT_COM_UART_ENABLE > 0)
/* initialize the UART interface */
UartInit();
+#endif
+#if (BOOT_COM_USB_ENABLE > 0)
+ /* initialize the USB interface */
+ UsbInit();
#endif
/* simulate the reception of a CONNECT command if requested */
if (comEntryStateConnect == BLT_TRUE)
@@ -102,6 +109,9 @@ void ComTask(void)
#if (BOOT_COM_UART_ENABLE > 0)
static unsigned char xcpCtoReqPacket[BOOT_COM_UART_RX_MAX_DATA];
#endif
+#if (BOOT_COM_USB_ENABLE > 0)
+ static unsigned char xcpCtoReqPacket[BOOT_COM_UART_RX_MAX_DATA];
+#endif
#if (BOOT_COM_CAN_ENABLE > 0)
if (CanReceivePacket(&xcpCtoReqPacket[0]) == BLT_TRUE)
@@ -117,9 +127,32 @@ void ComTask(void)
XcpPacketReceived(&xcpCtoReqPacket[0]);
}
#endif
+#if (BOOT_COM_USB_ENABLE > 0)
+ if (UsbReceivePacket(&xcpCtoReqPacket[0]) == BLT_TRUE)
+ {
+ /* process packet */
+ XcpPacketReceived(&xcpCtoReqPacket[0]);
+ }
+#endif
} /*** end of ComTask ***/
+/****************************************************************************************
+** NAME: ComFree
+** PARAMETER: none
+** RETURN VALUE: none
+** DESCRIPTION: Releases the communication module.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+void ComFree(void)
+{
+#if (BOOT_COM_USB_ENABLE > 0)
+ /* disconnect the usb device from the usb host */
+ UsbFree();
+#endif
+} /*** end of ComFree ***/
+
+
/****************************************************************************************
** NAME: ComTransmitPacket
** PARAMETER: data pointer to the byte buffer with packet data.
@@ -138,6 +171,10 @@ void ComTransmitPacket(blt_int8u *data, blt_int16u len)
/* transmit the packet */
UartTransmitPacket(data, len);
#endif
+#if (BOOT_COM_USB_ENABLE > 0)
+ /* transmit the packet */
+ UsbTransmitPacket(data, len);
+#endif
/* send signal that the packet was transmitted */
XcpPacketTransmitted();
diff --git a/Target/Source/com.h b/Target/Source/com.h
index 9e80d429..8913eafd 100644
--- a/Target/Source/com.h
+++ b/Target/Source/com.h
@@ -43,6 +43,10 @@
#define BOOT_COM_TX_MAX_DATA (BOOT_COM_UART_TX_MAX_DATA)
#define BOOT_COM_RX_MAX_DATA (BOOT_COM_UART_RX_MAX_DATA)
#endif
+#if (BOOT_COM_USB_ENABLE > 0)
+ #define BOOT_COM_TX_MAX_DATA (BOOT_COM_USB_TX_MAX_DATA)
+ #define BOOT_COM_RX_MAX_DATA (BOOT_COM_USB_RX_MAX_DATA)
+#endif
@@ -52,6 +56,7 @@
****************************************************************************************/
void ComInit(void);
void ComTask(void);
+void ComFree(void);
void ComTransmitPacket(blt_int8u *data, blt_int16u len);
void ComSetConnectEntryState(void);
blt_bool ComIsConnectEntryState(void);
diff --git a/Target/Source/plausibility.h b/Target/Source/plausibility.h
index 1ca171f8..1c2fb42c 100644
--- a/Target/Source/plausibility.h
+++ b/Target/Source/plausibility.h
@@ -154,12 +154,31 @@
#endif
#endif /* BOOT_COM_UART_ENABLE > 0 */
-#if (BOOT_COM_CAN_ENABLE == 0) && \
- (BOOT_COM_UART_ENABLE == 0)
+#if (BOOT_COM_USB_ENABLE > 0)
+ #ifndef BOOT_COM_USB_TX_MAX_DATA
+ #error "BOOT_COM_USB_TX_MAX_DATA is missing in config.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if (BOOT_COM_USB_TX_MAX_DATA <= 0)
+ #error "BOOT_COM_USB_TX_MAX_DATA must be > 0"
+ #endif
+
+ #ifndef BOOT_COM_USB_RX_MAX_DATA
+ #error "BOOT_COM_USB_RX_MAX_DATA is missing in config.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if (BOOT_COM_USB_RX_MAX_DATA <= 0)
+ #error "BOOT_COM_USB_RX_MAX_DATA must be > 0"
+ #endif
+#endif /* BOOT_COM_USB_ENABLE > 0 */
+
+#if (BOOT_COM_CAN_ENABLE == 0) && \
+ (BOOT_COM_UART_ENABLE == 0) && \
+ (BOOT_COM_USB_ENABLE == 0)
#error "No communication interface enabled (BOOT_COM_XXX_ENABLE) in config.h"
#endif
-#if ((BOOT_COM_CAN_ENABLE + BOOT_COM_UART_ENABLE) > 1)
+#if ((BOOT_COM_CAN_ENABLE + BOOT_COM_UART_ENABLE + BOOT_COM_USB_ENABLE) > 1)
#error "Too many communication interfaces enabled (BOOT_COM_XXX_ENABLE) in config.h"
#endif
+